Judith

ΙΟΥΔΕΙΘ (An-Ioudeith)

JUDITH

(559 B.C.)

Jdt 1:1 ΕΤΟΥΣ δωδεκάτου τῆς βασιλείας Ναβουχοδονοσόρ, ὃς ἐβασίλευσεν Ἀσσυρίων ἐν Νινευὴ τῇ πόλει τῇ μεγάλῃ, ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἀρφαξάδ, ὃς ἐβασίλευσεν Μήδων ἐν Ἐκβατάνοις

Of-a-yeareedness of-two-tenth of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-a-Nabouchodonosor, which it-rulered-of of-Assur-belonged in unto-a-Nineuê unto-the-one unto-a-city unto-the-one unto-great, in unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses of-an-Arfaxad, which it-rulered-of of-Mêdians in unto-Ekbatana'

Note: of-a-Nabouchodonosor, which it-rulered-of of-Assur-belonged : this was the grandson of Sennacherib, Ashurbanipal, see table below; these events occurred while Manasseh was captive in Babylon; see 2Ch_33:11-13 and notes there; Manasseh was released in 551 B.C. after Judith killed Holofernes.

Note: unto-Ekbatana' : The capital city of Media and its precincts, situated, according to Diodorus, about twelve stadia from Mount Orontes. The genuine orthography of the word appears to be Agbatana (Agbatana), a form employed by Ctesias. Ecbatana, being in a high and mountainous country, was a favourite residence of the Persian kings during summer, when the heat of Susa was almost insupportable.

1:1 τη πολει τη μεγ.] τη μεγ. πολει ℵ

(559-554 B.C.)

Jdt 1:2 καὶ ᾠκοδόμησεν ἐπ' Ἐκβατάνων κύκλῳ τείχη ἐκ λίθων λελαξευμένων, εἰς πλάτος πηχῶν τριῶν καὶ εἰς μῆκος πηχῶν ἕξ, καὶ ἐποίησεν τὸ ὕψος τοῦ τείχους πηχῶν ἑβδομήκοντα καὶ τὸ πλάτος αὐτοῦ πηχῶν πεντήκοντα·

and it-house-built-unto upon of-Ekbatana' unto-a-circle to-lineationeednesses out of-stones of-having-had-come-to-be-quarried-of, into to-a-broadeedness of-fores of-three and into to-a-longeedness of-fores of-six, and it-did-unto to-the-one to-a-lofteedness of-the-one of-a-lineationeedness of-fores of-seventy and to-the-one to-a-broadeedness of-it of-fores of-fifty;

Note: of-Ekbatana' : The capital city of Media and its precincts, situated, according to Diodorus, about twelve stadia from Mount Orontes. The genuine orthography of the word appears to be Agbatana (Agbatana), a form employed by Ctesias. Ecbatana, being in a high and mountainous country, was a favourite residence of the Persian kings during summer, when the heat of Susa was almost insupportable.

(559-554 B.C.)

Jdt 1:3 καὶ τοὺς πύργους αὐτοῦ ἔστησεν ἐπὶ ταῖς πύλαις αὐτῆς πηχῶν ἑκατόν, καὶ τὸ πλάτος αὐτῆς ἐθεμελίωσεν εἰς πήχεις ἑξήκοντα·

and to-the-ones to-towers of-it it-stood upon unto-the-ones unto-gates of-it of-fores of-a-hundred, and to-the-one to-a-broadeedness of-it it-en-placeeer-belonged into to-fores to-sixty;

1:3 αυτου] αυτης ℵ | εστησεν] κατεστησε| ℵ | πηχων] πηχεων ℵ

(559-554 B.C.)

Jdt 1:4 καὶ ἐποίησεν τὰς πύλας αὐτῆς πύλας διεγειρομένας εἰς ὕψος πηχῶν ἑβδομήκοντα, καὶ τὸ πλάτος αὐτῆς πήχεις τεσσεράκοντα, εἰς ἐξόδους δυνάμεως δυνατῶν αὐτοῦ καὶ διατάξεις τῶν πεζῶν αὐτοῦ·

and it-did-unto to-the-ones to-gates of-it to-gates to-being-roused-through into to-a-lofteedness of-fores of-seventy, and to-the-one to-a-broadeedness of-it to-fores to-forty, into to-ways-out of-an-ability of-able of-it and to-arrangings-through of-the-ones of-afoot of-it;

(559-554 B.C.)

Jdt 1:5 καὶ ἐποίησεν πόλεμον ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις βασιλεὺς Ναβουχοδονοσὸρ πρὸς βασιλέα Ἀρφαξὰδ ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ τῷ μεγάλῳ, τοῦτό ἐστιν τοῖς ὁρίοις Ῥαγαύ.

and it-did-unto to-a-war in unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses unto-the-ones-thither, a-ruler-of a-Nabouchodonosor, toward to-a-ruler-of to-an-Arfaxad in unto-the-one unto-a-footinglet unto-the-one unto-great, the-one-this it-be unto-the-ones unto-boundlets of-a-Ragau.

1:5 βασιλευς] pr ο A | τουτ A | εστιν] + πεδιον ℵ A (παιδ.) | om τοις οριοις ℵ εν τ. ορ. A

[appendix] παιδιω A

(559-554 B.C.)

Jdt 1:6 καὶ συνήντησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὴν ὀρινήν, καὶ πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὸν Εὐφράτην καὶ τὸν Τίγριν καὶ τὸν Ὑδάσπην, καὶ πεδίῳ Ἀριώχ ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἐλυμαίων· καὶ συνῆλθον ἔθνη πολλὰ εἰς παράταξιν υἱῶν Χελεούλ.

And they-together-ever-a-oned-unto toward to-it, all the-ones housing-down-unto to-the-one to-jutted-belonged-to and all the-ones housing-down-unto to-the-one to-a-Eufratês and to-the-one to-a-Tigris and to-the-one to-an-Udaspês and unto-a-footlinglet of-an-Ariôch the-one a-ruler-of of-Elum-belonged; and they-had-came-together, placeedness-belongings-to much, into to-an-arranging-beside of-sons of-a-Cheleoul.

(559-554 B.C.)

Jdt 1:7 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν Ναβουχοδονοσὸρ βασιλεὺς Ἀσσυρίων ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν Περσίδα καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας πρὸς δυσμαῖς, τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν Κιλικίαν καὶ Δαμασκόν, τὸν Λίβανον καὶ Ἀντιλίβανον, καὶ πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας κατὰ πρόσωπον τῆς παραλίας,

And it-set-off, a-Nabouchodonosor a-ruler-of of-Assur-belonged, upon to-all to-the-ones to-housing-down-unto to-the-one to-a-Persis and upon to-all to-the-ones to-housing-down-unto toward unto-sinkeeings, to-the-ones to-housing-down-unto to-the-one to-a-Kilikia and to-a-Damaskos, to-the-one to-a-Libanos and to-the-one to-an-Antilibanos, and to-all to-the-ones to-housing-down-unto down to-looked-toward of-the-one of-beside-salt-belonged,

Note: it-set-off : i.e. for aid.

Note: to-a-Libanos : transliterated from Hebrew LEBONAH meaning whiteness, used of the milky extract of the frankincense tree and the tree itself, this name also given to the white capped (milky) mountain ranges (LIBANOS and ANTI LIBANOS) of the area later called by this name (Lebanon).

Note: to-an-Antilibanos : meaning ever-a-one of-a-Libanos; this refers to the eastern range of mountains separated by the valley Beqa, the main western range called Libanos; LIBANOS is transliterated from Hebrew LEBONAH meaning whiteness, used of the milky extract of the frankincense tree and the tree itself, this name also given to the white capped (milky) mountain ranges (LIBANOS and ANTI LIBANOS) of the area later called by this name (Lebanon).

(559-554 B.C.)

Jdt 1:8 καὶ τοὺς ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι τοῦ Καρμήλου καὶ Γαλαὰδ καὶ τὴν ἄνω Γαλειλαίαν καὶ τὸ μέγα πεδίον Ἐσρήμ,

and to-the-ones in unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to of-the-one of-a-Karmêlos and of-a-Galaad and to-the-one up-unto-which to-a-Galeilaia and to-the-one to-great to-a-footinglet of-an-Esrêm,

1:8 τους] τοις ℵ | εθνεσιν ℵ | Γαλιλαιαν BbA | Εσρημ] Εσρρημ B Εσ᾿|δρηλων ℵ Εσδρημ᾿ A

[appendix] παιδιον A

(559-554 B.C.)

Jdt 1:9 καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἐν Σαμαρείᾳ καὶ ταῖς πόλεσιν αὐτῆς, καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου ἕως Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ Βαιτανὴ καὶ Χελοὺς καὶ Κάδης καὶ τοῦ ποταμοῦ Αἰγύπτου, καὶ Ταφνὰς καὶ Ῥαμεσσὴ καὶ πᾶσαν γῆν Γέσεμ

and to-all to-the-ones in unto-a-Samareia and unto-the-ones unto-cities of-it, and to-across of-the-one of-an-Iordanês unto-if-which of-an-Ierousalêm and of-a-Baitanê and of-Chelous and of-a-Kadês and of-the-one of-a-drinkationing-of of-an-Aiguptos, and to-a-Tafnas and to-Ramessê and to-all to-a-soil of-a-Gesem

(559-554 B.C.)

Jdt 1:10 ἕως τοῦ ἐλθεῖν ἐπάνω Τάνεως καὶ Μέμφεως, καὶ πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἕως τοῦ ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ τὰ ὅρια τῆς Αἰθιοπίας.

unto-if-which of-the-one to-have-had-came upon-up-unto-which of-a-Tanis and of-a-Memfis, and to-all to-the-ones to-housing-down-unto to-the-one to-an-Aiguptos unto-if-which of-the-one to-have-had-came upon to-the-ones to-boundlets of-the-one of-an-Aithiopia.

1:10 om επανω . . . ελθειν 2° ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

[appendix] ελθειν 2°] ελθιν ℵc.a | ορεια ℵ

(559-554 B.C.)

Jdt 1:11 καὶ ἐφαύλισαν πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν τὸ ῥῆμα Ναβουχοδονοσὸρ βασιλέως Ἀσσυρίων καὶ οὐ συνῆλθον αὐτῷ εἰς τὸν πόλεμον, ὅτι οὐκ ἐφοβήθησαν αὐτόν ἀλλ' ἦν ἐναντίον αὐτῶν ὡς ἀνὴρ ἴσος, καὶ ἀνέστρεψαν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ κενοὺς ἐν ἀτιμίᾳ πρὸ προσώπου αὐτῶν.

And they-pettied-to, all the-ones housing-down-unto to-all to-the-one to-a-soil, to-the-one to-an-uttering-to of-a-Nabouchodonosor of-a-ruler-of of-Assur-belonged and not they-had-came-together unto-it into to-the-one to-a-war, to-which-a-one not they-were-feareed-unto to-it other it-was to-ever-a-oned-in of-them as a-man samed, and they-beturned-up to-the-ones to-leadeeers of-it to-empty in unto-an-un-valuating-unto before of-looked-toward of-them.

1:11-13 [εφονηθ]ησαν . . . εκραταιωθη εν τ[ω] retract Ab

(559-554 B.C.)

Jdt 1:12 Καὶ ἐθυμώθη Ναβουχοδονοσὸρ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ταύτην σφόδρα, καὶ ὤμοσε κατὰ τοῦ θρόνου καὶ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴν ἐκδικήσειν πάντα τὰ ὅρια τῆς Κιλικίας καὶ Δαμασκηνῆς καὶ Συρίας, ἀνελεῖν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ αὐτοὺς καὶ πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐν τῇ Μωὰβ καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἀμμὼν καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν Ἰδουμαίαν καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ἕως τοῦ ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ τὰ ὅρια τῶν δύο θαλασσῶν.

And it-was-en-passioned a-Nabouchodonosor upon to-all to-the-one to-a-soil to-the-one-this to-vehemented, and it-en-oathed down of-the-one of-a-throne and of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-it, if unto-indeed to-shall-have-coursed-out-unto to-all to-the-ones to-boundlets of-the-one of-a-Kilikia and of-a-Damaskênos and of-a-Suria, to-have-had-sectioned-off unto-the-one unto-a-sabre to-them and to-all to-the-ones to-housing-down-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-Môab and to-the-ones to-sons of-an-Ammôn and to-all to-the-one to-an-Idoumaia and to-all to-the-ones in unto-an-Aiguptos unto-if-which of-the-one to-have-had-came upon to-the-ones to-boundlets of-the-ones of-two of-flourisherednesses.

1:11-13 [εφονηθ]ησαν . . . εκραταιωθη εν τ[ω] retract Ab

[appendix] αναιλειν Ab | θαλασεων Ab vid (θαλασσ. A*)

(554 B.C.)

Jdt 1:13 καὶ παρετάξατο ἐν τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ πρὸς Ἀρφαξὰδ βασιλέα ἐν τῷ ἔτει τῷ ἑπτακαιδεκάτῳ· καὶ ἐκραταιώθη ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνέστρεψεν πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν Ἀρφαξὰδ καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ἵππον αὐτοῦ καὶ πάντα τὰ ἅρματα αὐτοῦ,

And it-arranged-beside in unto-the-one unto-an-ability of-it toward to-an-Arfaxad to-a-ruler-of in unto-the-one unto-a-yeareedness unto-the-one unto-seven-and-tenth; and it-was-en-secure-belonged in unto-the-one unto-a-war of-it, and it-beturned-up to-all to-the-one to-an-ability of-an-Arfaxad and to-all to-the-one to-a-horse of-it and to-all to-the-ones to-liftings-along-to of-it,

1:11-13 [εφονηθ]ησαν . . . εκραταιωθη εν τ[ω] retract Ab

(554 B.C.)

Jdt 1:14 καὶ ἐκυρίευσε τῶν πόλεων αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἀφίκετο ἕως Ἐκβατάνων, καὶ ἐκράτησε τῶν πύργων καὶ ἐπρονόμευσε τὰς πλατείας αὐτῆς, καὶ τὸν κόσμον αὐτῆς ἔθηκεν εἰς ὄνειδος αὐτῆς·

and it-authority-belonged-of of-the-ones of-cities of-it; and it-had-tracked-off-unto unto-if-which of-Ekbatana', and it-secured-unto of-the-ones of-towers and it-parceleed-before-of to-the-ones to-broad of-it, and to-the-one to-an-orderation of-it it-placed into to-a-name-sighteedness of-it;

1:14 εκυριευσεν ℵ A | εκρατησεν ℵ A | επρονομεισεν ℵ A

[appendix] αφεικετο B* (αφικ. Bb) | ονιδος B* (ονειδ. Bab) A*vid

(554 B.C.)

Jdt 1:15 καὶ ἔλαβε τὸν Ἀρφαξὰδ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι Ῥαγαύ, καὶ κατηκόντισεν αὐτὸν ἐν ταῖς σιβύναις αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξωλέθρευσεν αὐτὸν ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης.

and it-had-taken to-the-one to-an-Arfaxad in unto-the-ones unto-jutteednesses of-a-Ragau, and it-honered-down-to to-it in unto-the-ones unto-pikes of-it, and it-destructed-out-of to-it unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-dayedness of-the-one-thither.

Note: unto-pikes (SIBUNAIS) in 01* 03* : ZIBUNAIS in 02 01C1 03C1 03C2; apparent orthographical variances, same meaning; see Jer_6:23.

1:15 ελαβεν ℵ A | ορεσιν ℵ ορεσει A | σιβυναις] ζιβυναις Babℵc.aA | εξωλοθρ. Bb | εκεινης] ταυτης ℵ

(554-553 B.C.)

Jdt 1:16 καὶ ἀνέστρεψεν μετ' αὐτῶν αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ δύναμις αὐτοῦ ἐφ' ἡμέρας ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι.

And it-beturned-up with of-them, it and the-one an-ability of-it, upon to-dayednesses to-a-hundred to-twenty.

Note: with of-them in 03 : + it and all the-one mingled-together of-it a-repleteedness of-men of-war-belongers much to-vehemented; and it-was thither lolling-unto and goodly-holding in 01 02; possible Homoeoteleuton in 03.

1:16 μετ αυτων] + αυτος (εις Νινευη αυτος A) και πας ο σῡ|μικτος (συμμ. A) αυτου πληθος ανδρων πολεμιστων πολυ (πολυν A1(vid)) σφοδρα· και ην εκει ραθυμων (ραμυθων A*) και ευωχουμενος ℵ A

(553 B.C.)

Jdt 2:1 Καὶ ἐν τῷ ἔτει τῷ ὀκτωκαιδεκάτῳ, δευτέρᾳ καὶ εἰκάδι τοῦ πρώτου μηνός, ἐγένετο λόγος ἐν οἴκῳ Ναβουχοδονοσὸρ βασιλέως Ἀσσυρίων ἐκδικῆσαι πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν καθὼς ἐλάλησεν.

And in unto-the-one unto-a-yeareedness unto-the-one unto-eight-and-tenth, unto-second and unto-a-twentieth of-the-one of-most-before of-a-month, it-had-became a-forthee in unto-a-house of-a-Nabouchodonosor of-a-ruler-of of-Assur-belonged to-have-coursed-out-unto to-all to-the-one to-a-soil down-as it-spoke-unto.

2:1 βασιλεως] βασιλευς A

[appendix] εικαδει A | μηνος] μινος A

(553 B.C.)

Jdt 2:2 καὶ συνεκάλεσεν πάντας τοὺς θεράποντας αὐτοῦ καὶ πάντας τοὺς μεγιστᾶνας αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔθετο μετ' αὐτῶν τὸ μυστήριον τῆς βουλῆς αὐτοῦ, καὶ συνετέλεσεν πᾶσαν τὴν κακίαν τῆς γῆς ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ·

And it-called-together-unto to-all to-the-ones to-ministers of-it and to-all to-the-ones to-most-greats of-it, and it-had-placed with of-them to-the-one to-a-flexerlet of-the-one of-a-purposing of-it, and it-finished-together-unto to-all to-the-one to-a-wedge-wedging-unto of-the-one of-a-soil out of-the-one of-a-becutteeing-to of-it;

Note: to-a-flexerlet : used to refer to things requiring thought flex to understand.

(553 B.C.)

Jdt 2:3 καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔκριναν ὀλεθρεῦσαι πᾶσαν σάρκα οἳ οὐκ ἠκολούθησαν τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ.

and them they-separated to-have-destructed-of to-all to-a-flesh which not they-pathed-along-unto unto-the-one unto-forthee of-the-one of-a-becutteeing-to of-it.

2:3 ολοθρευσαι Bbℵ

(553 B.C.)

Jdt 2:4 καὶ ἐγένετο ὡς συνετέλεσεν τὴν βουλὴν αὐτοῦ, ἐκάλεσεν Ναβουχοδονοσὸρ βασιλεὺς Ἀσσυρίων τὸν Ὀλοφέρνην ἀρχιστράτηγον τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ, δεύτερον ὄντα μετ' αὐτόν, (5a) καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν

And it-had-became as it-finished-together-unto to-the-one to-a-purposing of-it, it-called-unto, a-Nabouchodonosor a-ruler-of of-Assur-belonged, to-the-one to-an-Olofernês to-a-first-amass-leader of-the-one of-an-ability of-it, to-second to-being with to-it, and it-had-said toward to-it,

(553 B.C.)

Jdt 2:5 Τάδε λέγει ὁ βασιλεὺς ὁ μέγας, ὁ κύριος πάσης τῆς γῆς Ἰδοὺ σὺ ἐξελεύσῃ ἐκ τοῦ προσώπου μου, καὶ λήμψῃ μετὰ σεαυτοῦ ἄνδρας πεποιθότας ἐν ἰσχύι αὐτῶν, πεζῶν εἰς χιλιάδας ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι καὶ πλῆθος ἵππων σὺν ἀναβάταις μυριάδας δέκα δύο,

To-the-ones-then-also it-fortheth, the-one a-ruler-of the-one great, the-one authority-belonged of-all of-the-one of-a-soil, Thou-should-have-had-seen, thou thou-shall-come-out out of-the-one of-looked-toward of-me, and thou-shall-take with of-thyself to-men to-having-hath-had-come-to-sure in unto-a-force-holding of-them, of-afoot into to-thousands to-a-hundred to-twenty and to-a-repleteedness of-horses together unto-steppers-up to-myriads to-ten to-two,

[appendix] ισχυει B* (ισχυι Bab) ℵ | χειλ. B*

(553 B.C.)

Jdt 2:6 καὶ ἐξελεύσῃ εἰς συνάντησιν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ ἐπὶ δυσμάς, ὅτι ἠπείθησαν τῷ ῥήματι τοῦ στόματός μου·

and thou-shall-come-out into to-an-ever-a-oneing-together unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-soil upon to-sinkeeings, to-which-a-one they-un-sured-unto unto-the-one unto-an-uttering-to of-the-one of-a-becutteeing-to of-me;

2:6 συναντησιν] υπαντησιν ℵ | παση τη γη] πασης της γης ℵ | δυσμαις ℵ

[appendix] ηπιθησαν B* (ηπειθ. Bab)

(553 B.C.)

Jdt 2:7 καὶ ἑτοιμάζειν γῆν καὶ ὕδωρ, ὅτι ἐξελεύσομαι ἐν θυμῷ μου ἐπ' αὐτούς, καὶ καλύψω πᾶν τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν τῆς δυνάμεώς μου, καὶ δώσω αὐτοὺς εἰς διαρπαγὴν αὐτοῖς·

and to-ready-to to-a-soil and to-a-water, to-which-a-one I-shall-come-out in unto-a-passion of-me upon to-them, and I-shall-shroud to-all the-one to-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-soil in unto-the-ones unto-all of-the-one of-an-ability of-me, and I-shall-give to-them into to-a-snatching-through unto-them;

Note: and {first} in 03 : + thou-shall-leadeeer-off unto-them in 01 02 03C1 03C2.

2:7 και 1°] + α|παγγελεις αυτοις| Babℵ A | ετοιμαζειν] + μοι ℵc.a

(553 B.C.)

Jdt 2:8 καὶ οἱ τραυματίαι αὐτῶν πληρώσουσιν τὰς φάραγγας αὐτῶν καὶ πᾶς χειμάρρους, καὶ ποταμὸς ἐπικλύζων τοῖς νεκροῖς αὐτῶν πληρωθήσεται·

and the-ones wounded-belongers of-them they-shall-en-fill to-the-ones to-chasms of-them and to-all to-pour-flowed, and a-drinkationing-of upon-sloshing-of-to unto-the-ones unto-en-deaded of-them it-shall-be-en-filled;

2:8 τους χειμαρρους] πας χιμ. ℵ

[appendix] χιμαρρους B* (χειμ. Bab)

(553 B.C.)

Jdt 2:9 καὶ ἄξω τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὰ ἄκρα πάσης τῆς γῆς.

and I-shall-lead to-the-one to-a-spear-capturing-unto of-them upon to-the-ones to-extremitied of-all of-the-one of-a-soil.

(553 B.C.)

Jdt 2:10 σὺ δὲ ἐξελθὼν προκαταλήψῃ μοι πᾶν ὅριον αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐκδώσουσίν σοι ἑαυτούς, καὶ διατηρήσεις ἐμοὶ αὐτοὺς εἰς ἡμέραν ἐλεγμοῦ αὐτῶν·

Thou then-also having-had-came-out thou-shall-take-down-before unto-me to-all to-a-boundlet of-them, and they-shall-give-out unto-thee to-selves, and thou-shall-keep-through-unto unto-ME to-them into to-a-dayedness of-a-trialing-of of-them;

2:10 προκαταληψη Bb (ut alias) προσκαταλημψη A | σοι εαυτους] αυτους ℵ (σοι εαυτ. ℵc.a) | εμοι] μοι A

(553 B.C.)

Jdt 2:11 ἐπὶ δὲ τοὺς ἀπειθοῦντας οὐ φείσεται ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου, δοῦναι αὐτοὺς εἰς φόνον καὶ ἁρπαγὴν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ σου.

upon then-also to-the-ones to-un-suring-unto not it-shall-spare, the-one an-eye of-thee, to-have-had-given to-them into to-a-slayee and to-a-snatching in unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-soil of-thee;

2:11 δουναι] pr του ℵ A

[appendix] φισεται A

(553 B.C.)

Jdt 2:12 ὅτι ζῶν ἐγὼ καὶ τὸ κράτος τῆς βασιλείας μου, λελάληκα καὶ ποιήσω ταῦτα ἐν χειρί μου.

to-which-a-one lifing-unto I and the-one a-securement of-the-one of-a-ruling of-me, I-had-come-to-speak-unto and I-shall-do-unto to-the-ones-these in unto-a-hand of-me.

2:12 ζω ℵ | λελαληκα] pr οσα ℵc.a

(553 B.C.)

Jdt 2:13 καὶ σὺ δὲ οὐ παραβήσῃ ἕν τι τῶν ῥημάτων τοῦ κυρίου σου, ἀλλὰ ἐπιτελῶν ἐπιτελέσεις καθότι προστέταχά σοι, καὶ οὐ μακρυνεῖς τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτά.

And thou then-also not thou-shall-step-beside to-one to-a-one of-the-ones of-utterings-to of-the-one of-authority-belonged of-thee, other finishing-upon-unto thou-shall-finish-upon-unto down-to-which-a-one I-had-come-to-arrange-toward unto-thee, and not thou-shall-en-longen of-the-one to-have-done-unto to-them.

2:13 αλλ ℵ A | μακρυνει A* (ς superscr A1)

(553-551 B.C.)

Jdt 2:14 Καὶ ἐξῆλθεν Ὀλοφέρνης ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκάλεσεν πάντας τοὺς δυνάστας καὶ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς καὶ ἐπιστάτας τῆς δυνάμεως Ἀσσούρ,

And it-had-came-out, an-Olofernês off of-looked-toward of-the-one of-authority-belonged of-it, and it-called-unto to-all to-the-ones to-ablers and to-the-ones to-amass-leaders and to-the-ones to-standers-upon of-the-one of-an-ability of-an-Assour,

2:14 επιστατας] τους σατραπας ℵ* (α 1° ℵ1) + και επιστατας ℵc.a

(553-551 B.C.)

Jdt 2:15 καὶ ἠρίθμησεν ἐκλεκτοὺς ἄνδρας εἰς παράταξιν, καθότι ἐκέλευσεν αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ, εἰς μυριάδας δέκα δύο καὶ ἱππεῖς τοξότας μυρίους δισχιλίους,

and it-numbered-unto to-forthed-out to-men into to-an-arranging-beside, down-to-which-a-one it-bade-of unto-it, the-one authority-belonged of-it, into to-myriads to-ten to-two and to-horsers-of to-bowers to-myriaded to-twice-thousand,

Note: to-myriaded : when context infers a definite number refers to ten thousand.

2:15 εκελευσεν] προσεταξεν ℵ A | δεκα δυο] δωδεκα ℵ

[appendix] δισχειλιους B

(553-551 B.C.)

Jdt 2:16 καὶ διέταξεν αὐτοὺς ὃν τρόπον πολέμου πλῆθος συντάσσεται.

and it-arranged-through to-them to-which to-a-turn of-a-war a-repleteedness it-be-arranged-together.

2:16 πληθος πολεμου ℵ

(553-551 B.C.)

Jdt 2:17 καὶ ἔλαβεν καμήλους καὶ ὄνους καὶ ἡμιόνους εἰς τὴν ἀπαρτίαν αὐτῶν, πλῆθος πολὺ σφόδρα, καὶ πρόβατα καὶ βόας καὶ αἶγας εἰς τὴν παρασκευὴν αὐτῶν ὧν οὐκ ἦν ἀριθμός,

And it-had-taken to-camels and to-donkeys and to-half-donkeys into to-the-one to-an-adjusting-off-unto of-them, to-a-repleteedness to-much to-vehemented, and to-stepped-before and to-oxen and to-goats into to-the-one to-an-equipping-beside of-them of-which not it-was a-number,

2:17 ημιονους] μ pro υ A?vid

(553-551 B.C.)

Jdt 2:18 καὶ ἐπισιτισμὸν παντὶ ἀνδρὶ εἰς πλῆθος, καὶ χρυσίον καὶ ἀργύριον ἐξ οἴκου βασιλέως σφόδρα.

and to-a-graining-upon-to-of unto-all unto-a-man into to-a-repleteedness, and to-a-goldlet and to-a-silverlet out of-a-house of-a-ruler-of to-vehemented.

2:18 om εξ οικου βασ. σφοδρα ℵ* (hab εξ οικου του βασ. πολυν σφοδρα ℵc.a) | σφοδρα] pr πολυ A

(553-551 B.C.)

Jdt 2:19 καὶ ἐξῆλθεν αὐτὸς καὶ πᾶσα ἡ δύναμις αὐτοῦ εἰς πορείαν τοῦ προελθεῖν βασιλέως Ναβουχοδονοσὸρ καὶ καλύψαι πᾶν τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς πρὸς δυσμαῖς ἐν ἅρμασι καὶ ἱππεῦσι καὶ πεζοῖς ἐπιλέκτοις αὐτῶν.

And it-had-came-out, it and all the-one an-ability of-it, into to-a-traversing-of of-the-one to-have-had-came-before of-a-ruler-of of-a-Nabouchodonosor and to-have-shrouded to-all to-the-one to-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-soil toward unto-sinkeeings in unto-liftings-along-to and unto-horsers-of and unto-afoot unto-forthed-upon of-them.

2:19 η δυν. αυτου πασα ℵ | om και 3° A | αρμασιν ℵ | ιππευσιν ℵ

[appendix] ιππευσει A

(553-551 B.C.)

Jdt 2:20 καὶ πολὺς ὁ ἐπίμικτος ὡς ἀκρὶς συνεξῆλθον αὐτοῖς, καὶ ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς γῆς, οὐ γὰρ ἦν ἀριθμὸς ἀπὸ πλήθους αὐτῶν.

And much the-one mingled-upon as an-extremitying they-had-came-out-together unto-them, and as the-one a-sand of-the-one of-a-soil, not too-thus it-was a-number off of-a-repleteedness of-them.

Note: an-extremitying : used to refer to mature leaping locusts, also grasshoppers and crickets.

2:20 ο επιμ.] om ο ℵ | ακρις] pr η ℵ | συνεξηλθεν ℵ

(553-551 B.C.)

Jdt 2:21 καὶ ἐπῆλθον ἐκ Νινευὴ ὁδὸν τριῶν ἡμερῶν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον τοῦ πεδίου Βαικτειλαίθ, καὶ ἐπεστρατοπέδευσαν ἀπὸ Βαικτειλαὶθ πλησίον τοῦ ὄρους τοῦ ἐπ' ἀριστερᾷ τῆς ἄνω Κιλικίας.

And they-had-came-upon out of-a-Nineuê to-way of-three of-dayednesses upon to-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-footinglet of-a-Baikteilaith, and they-foot-amassed-upon-of off of-a-Baikteilaith to-nigh-belonged of-the-one of-a-jutteedness of-the-one upon unto-more-un-bordered of-the-one up-unto-which of-a-Kilikia.

Note: unto-more-un-bordered : used to refer to the left hand or side as liberated to do tasks not assigned to the right.

2:21 επηλθον] απηλθον ℵ* εξηλθον ℵc.a εξηλθεν A | Βαικτειλαιθ] Βαιτουλια ℵ* (Βεκτιλεθ ℵc.a) Βεκτελεθ A | απο B. πλησιον] απεναντι ℵ απο Πακταλαι πλ. A | του επ αρ.] εν αρ. ℵ

[appendix] παιδιου A | επεστρατοπαιδευσαν A

(553-551 B.C.)

Jdt 2:22 καὶ ἔλαβεν πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ, τοὺς πεζοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἱππεῖς καὶ τὰ ἅρματα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀπῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν εἰς τὴν ὀρινήν.

And it-had-taken to-all to-the-one to-an-ability of-it, to-the-ones to-afoot and to-the-ones to-horsers-of and to-the-ones to-liftings-along-to of-it, and it-had-came-off thither-from into to-the-one to-jutted-belonged-to.

(553-551 B.C.)

Jdt 2:23 καὶ διέκοψεν τὸ Φοὺδ καὶ Λούδ, καὶ ἐπρονόμευσεν υἱοὺς πάντας Ῥασσεὶς καὶ υἱοὺς Ἰσμαὴλ τοὺς κατὰ πρόσωπον τῆς ἐρήμου πρὸς νότον τῆς Χαλδαίων.

And it-felled-through to-the-one to-a-Foud and to-a-Loud, and it-parceleed-before-of to-sons to-all of-a-Rasseis and to-sons of-an-Ismaêl to-the-ones down to-looked-toward of-the-one of-solituded toward to-a-tropic of-the-one of-Chaldee-belonged.

(553-551 B.C.)

Jdt 2:24 καὶ παρῆλθεν τὸν Εὐφράτην καὶ διῆλθεν τὴν Μεσοποταμίαν, καὶ διέσκαψε πάσας τὰς πόλεις τὰς ὑψηλὰς τὰς ἐπὶ τοῦ χειμάρρου Ἀβρωνὰ ἕως τοῦ ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ θάλασσαν.

And it-had-came-beside to-the-one to-a-Eufratês and it-had-came-through to-the-one to-a-Mesopotamia, and it-dug-through to-all to-the-ones to-cities to-the-ones to-lofteed-of to-the-ones upon of-the-one of-pour-flowed of-an-Abrôna unto-if-which of-the-one to-have-had-came upon to-a-flourisheredness.

[appendix] χιμαρρου B* (χειμ. Bab) ℵ

(553-551 B.C.)

Jdt 2:25 καὶ κατελάβετο τὰ ὅρια τῆς Κιλικίας, καὶ κατέκοψε πάντας τοὺς ἀντιστάντας αὐτῷ, καὶ ἦλθεν ἕως ὁρίων Ἰάφεθ τὰ πρὸς νότον κατὰ πρόσωπον τῆς Ἀραβίας.

And it-had-taken-down to-the-ones to-boundlets of-the-one of-a-Kilikia, and it-felled-down to-all to-the-ones to-having-had-ever-a-one-stood unto-it, and it-had-came unto-if-which of-boundlets of-an-Iafeth to-the-ones toward to-a-tropic down to-looked-toward of-the-one of-an-Arabia.

[appendix] ορεια B* (ορια Bb)

(553-551 B.C.)

Jdt 2:26 καὶ ἐκύκλωσεν πάντας τοὺς υἱοὺς Μαδιάμ, καὶ ἐνέπρησεν τὰ σκηνώματα αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπρονόμευσεν τὰς μάνδρας αὐτῶν.

And it-en-circled to-all to-the-ones to-sons of-a-Madiam, and it-kindled-in to-the-ones to-en-tentings-to of-them, and it-parceleed-before-of to-the-ones to-niches of-them.

2:26 ενεπρησεν] ρ sup ras Aa

(553-551 B.C.)

Jdt 2:27 καὶ κατέβη εἰς πεδίον Δαμασκοῦ ἐν ἡμέραις θερισμοῦ πυρῶν καὶ ἐνέπρησεν πάντας τοὺς ἀγροὺς αὐτῶν, τὰ ποίμνια καὶ τὰ βουκόλια ἔδωκεν εἰς ἀφανισμόν, καὶ τὰς πόλεις αὐτῶν ἐσκύλευσεν καὶ τὰ πεδία αὐτῶν ἐξελίκμησεν, καὶ ἐπάταξεν πάντας τοὺς νεανίσκους αὐτῶν ἐν στόματι ῥομφαίας.

And it-had-stepped-down into to-a-footinglet of-a-Damaskos in unto-dayednesses of-a-summering-to-of of-wheats and it-kindled-in to-all to-the-ones to-fields of-them, to-the-ones to-shepherd-belonged and to-the-ones to-oxen-stricturelets it-gave into to-an-un-manifesting-to-of, and to-the-ones to-cities of-them it-flayed-of and to-the-ones to-footinglets of-them it-out-winnowed-unto, and it-smote to-all to-the-ones to-new-belongings-of of-them in unto-a-becutteeing-to of-a-sabre.

2:27 τα ποιμνια] pr και ℵ A | εδωκαν ℵ | om εν 2° ℵ

[appendix] παιδια B A

(553-551 B.C.)

Jdt 2:28 Καὶ ἐπέπεσεν φόβος καὶ τρόμος αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν παραλίαν, τοὺς ὄντας ἐν Σιδῶνι καὶ ἐν Τύρῳ, καὶ τοὺς κατοικοῦντας Ἀσσοὺρ καὶ Ὀκεινά, καὶ πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας Ἰεμνάαν, καὶ οἱ κατοικοῦντες ἐν Ἀζώτῳ καὶ Ἀσκάλωνι ἐφοβήθησαν αὐτὸν σφόδρα.

And it-had-fallen-upon, a-fearee and a-tremblee of-it, upon to-the-ones to-housing-down-unto to-the-one to-beside-salt-belonged, to-the-ones to-being in unto-a-Sidôn and in unto-a-Turos, and to-the-ones to-housing-down-unto to-an-Assour and to-an-Okeina, and to-all to-the-ones to-housing-down-unto to-an-Iemnaan, and the-ones housing-down-unto in unto-an-Azôtos and unto-an-Askalôn they-were-feareed-unto to-it to-vehemented.

(553-551 B.C.)

Jdt 3:1 Καὶ ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀγγέλους λόγοις εἰρηνικοῖς λέγοντες

And they-set-off toward to-it to-leadeeers unto-forthees unto-joinify-belonged-of forthing,

(553-551 B.C.)

Jdt 3:2 Ἰδοὺ ἡμεῖς οἱ παῖδες Ναβουχοδονοσὸρ βασιλέως μεγάλου παρακείμεθα ἐνώπιόν σου, χρῆσαι ἡμῖν καθὼς ἀρεστόν ἐστιν τῷ προσώπῳ σου·

Thou-should-have-had-seen, we the-ones children of-a-Nabouchodonosor of-a-ruler-of of-great we-be-situated-beside to-in-look-belonged of-thee, thou-should-have-afforded-unto unto-us down-as pleasable it-be unto-the-one unto-looked-toward of-thee;

3:2-3 om εν προσωπω . . . προ προσωπου σου ℵc.a (hab ℵ*c.b)

(553-551 B.C.)

Jdt 3:3 ἰδοὺ αἱ ἐπαύλεις ἡμῶν καὶ πᾶν πεδίον πυρῶν καὶ τὰ ποίμνια καὶ τὰ βουκόλια καὶ πᾶσαι αἱ μάνδραι τῶν σκηνῶν ἡμῶν παράκεινται πρὸ προσώπου σου, χρῆσαι καθ' ὃ ἂν ἀρέσκῃ σοι·

thou-should-have-had-seen, the-one channelings-upon of-us and all a-footinglet of-wheats and the-ones shepherd-belonged and the-ones oxen-stricturelets and all the-ones niches of-the-ones of-tentings of-us they-be-situated-beside before of-looked-toward of-thee, thou-should-have-afforded-unto down to-which ever it-might-please unto-thee;

3:2-3 om εν προσωπω . . . προ προσωπου σου ℵc.a (hab ℵ*c.b)

[appendix] επαυλις A | παιδιον A

(553-551 B.C.)

Jdt 3:4 ἰδοὺ καὶ αἱ πόλεις ἡμῶν καὶ οἱ κατοικοῦντες ἐν αὐταῖς δοῦλοι σοί εἰσιν, ἐλθὼν ἀπάντησον αὐταῖς ὡς ἔστιν ἀγαθὸν ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς σου.

thou-should-have-had-seen, and the-ones cities of-us and the-ones housing-down-unto in unto-them bondees unto-thee they-be, having-had-came thou-should-have-off-ever-a-oned-unto unto-them as it-be excess-placed in unto-eyes of-thee.

3:4 om και 1° ℵ | σοι] σου ℵ A

(553-551 B.C.)

Jdt 3:5 καὶ παρεγένοντο οἱ ἄνδρες πρὸς Ὀλοφέρνην καὶ ἀπήγγειλαν αὐτῷ κατὰ τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα.

And they-had-became-beside, the-ones men, toward to-an-Olofernês and they-leadeeered-off unto-it down to-the-ones to-utterings-to to-the-ones-these.

3:5 ανδρες] + της πολεως ℵ

(553-551 B.C.)

Jdt 3:6 καὶ κατέβη ἐπὶ τὴν παραλίαν αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ δύναμις αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐφρούρωσε τὰς πόλεις τὰς ὑψηλάς, καὶ ἔλαβον ἐξ αὐτῶν εἰς συμμαχίαν ἄνδρας ἐπιλέκτους·

And it-had-stepped-down upon to-the-one to-beside-salt-belonged, it and the-one an-ability of-it, and it-en-warded-before to-the-ones to-cities to-the-ones to-lofteed-of, and they-had-taken out of-them into to-a-battling-together-unto to-men to-forthed-upon;

3:6 παραλιαν] επαρχιαν A | εφρουρησεν ℵ A | ελαβεν ℵ A | συνμαχιαν ℵ* (συμμ. ℵa.b (vid))

(553-551 B.C.)

Jdt 3:7 καὶ ἐδέξαντο αὐτὸν αὐτοὶ καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος αὐτῶν μετὰ στεφάνων καὶ χορῶν καὶ τυμπάνων.

and they-received to-it, them and all the-one spaced-about of-them, with of-wreaths and of-choruses and of-racked-of.

3:7 αυτων] αυτης ℵ* (-των ℵc.a)

(553-551 B.C.)

Jdt 3:8 καὶ κατέσκαψεν πάντα τὰ ὅρια αὐτῶν, καὶ τὰ ἄλση αὐτῶν ἐξέκοψεν· καὶ ἦν δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐξολεθρεῦσαι πάντας τοὺς θεοὺς τῆς γῆς, ὅπως αὐτῷ μόνῳ τῷ Ναβουχοδονοσὸρ λατρεύσωσι πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, καὶ πᾶσαι αἱ γλῶσσαι καὶ πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ αὐτῶν ἐπικαλέσωνται αὐτὸν εἰς θεόν.

And it-dug-down to-all to-the-ones to-boundlets of-them, and to-the-ones to-groves of-them it-felled-out; and it-was having-had-come-to-be-given unto-it to-have-destructed-out-of to-all to-the-ones to-deities of-the-one of-a-soil, unto-which-whither unto-it unto-alone unto-the-one unto-a-Nabouchodonosor they-might-have-served-of, all the-ones placeedness-belongings-to, and all the-ones tongues and all the-ones tribings of-them they-might-have-called-upon-unto to-it into to-a-deity.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 3:9 καὶ ἦλθεν κατὰ πρόσωπον Ἐσδραηλὼν πλησίον τῆς Δωταίας, ἥ ἐστιν ἀπέναντι τοῦ πρίονος τοῦ μεγάλου τῆς Ἰουδαίας,

And it-had-came down to-looked-toward of-an-Esdraêlôn to-nigh-belonged of-the-one of-a-Dôtaia, which it-be off-in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-a-serrating of-the-one of-great of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia,

3:9 Εσδρηλων ℵc.a (Εσδηρλων ℵ*) A | Δωτεας A | om η εστιν . . . Ιουδαιας ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 3:10 καὶ κατεστρατοπέδευσαν ἀνὰ μέσον Γαιβαὶ καὶ Σκυθῶν πόλεως, καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ μῆνα ἡμερῶν εἰς τὸ συλλέξαι πᾶσαν τὴν ἀπαρτίαν τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ.

and they-foot-amassed-down-of up to-middle of-a-Gaibai and of-Skuthians of-a-city, and it-was thither to-a-month of-dayednesses into to-the-one to-have-forthed-together to-all to-the-one to-an-adjusting-off-unto of-the-one of-an-ability of-it.

3:10 Γαιβαι] Γαιβαν ℵ Ταιβα| A | απαρτιαν] στρατιαν ℵ

[appendix] κατεστρατοπαιδευσαν ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 4:1 Καὶ ἤκουσαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ οἱ κατοικοῦντες ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησεν Ὀλοφέρνης τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, ὁ ἀρχιστράτηγος Ναβουχοδονοσὸρ βασιλέως Ἀσσυρίων, καὶ ὃν τρόπον ἐσκύλευσεν πάντα τὰ ἱερὰ αὐτῶν καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτὰ εἰς ἀφανισμόν·

And they-heard, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl the-ones housing-down-unto in unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudaia, to-all to-which-a-which it-did-unto, an-Olofernês, unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to, the-one a-first-amass-leader of-a-Nabouchodonosor of-a-ruler-of of-Assur-belonged, and to-which to-a-turn it-flayed-of to-all to-the-ones to-sacred of-them and it-gave to-them into to-an-un-manifesting-to-of;

4:1 om τοις εθνεσιν ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | ο αρχιστρ.] om ο ℵ | βασιλεως] βασιλευς A | om παντα 2° ℵ | ιερα] ορια A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 4:2 καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν σφόδρα σφόδρα ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ, καὶ περὶ Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ τοῦ ναοῦ Κυρίου θεοῦ αὐτῶν ἐταράχθησαν.

and they-were-feareed-unto to-vehemented to-vehemented off of-looked-toward of-it, and about of-an-Ierousalêm and of-the-one of-a-temple of-Authority-belonged of-a-Deity of-them they-were-stirred;

4:2 om σφοδρα 2° ℵ A | θεου] pr του ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 4:3 ὅτι προσφάτως ἦσαν ἀναβεβηκότες ἐκ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας, καὶ νεωστὶ πᾶς ὁ λαὸς συνελέλεκτο τῆς Ἰουδαίας, καὶ τὰ σκεύη καὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον καὶ ὁ οἶκος ἐκ τῆς βεβηλώσεως ἡγιασμένα ἦν.

to-which-a-one unto-declared-toward they-were having-had-come-to-step-up out of-the-one of-a-spear-capturing-unto, and unto-new all the-one a-people they-had-come-to-have-been-forthed-out of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia, and the-ones equipeednesses and the-one a-surgerlet and the-one a-house out of-the-one of-an-en-step-stepping-of having-had-come-to-be-hallow-belonged-to it-was.

Note: to-an-en-step-stepping-of : used to refer to a person overstepping what is allowable.

4:3 νεωστει ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 4:4 καὶ ἀπέστειλαν εἰς πᾶν ὅριον Σαμαρίας καὶ Κωνὰ καὶ Βαιθωρὼν καὶ Βαιλμάιν καὶ Ἰερειχὼ καὶ εἰς Χωβὰ καὶ Αἱσωρὰ καὶ τὸν αὐλῶνα Σαλήμ,

And they-set-off into to-all to-a-boundlet of-a-Samaria and of-a-Kôna and of-a-Baithôrôn and of-a-Bailmain and of-an-Iereichô and into to-a-Chôba and to-a-Haisôra and to-the-one to-a-channeling of-a-Salêm,

Note: of-a-Samaria in 02 03* : of-a-Samareia in 01 03C1 03C2.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 4:5 καὶ προκατελάβοντο πάσας τὰς κορυφὰς τῶν ὀρέων τῶν ὑψηλῶν, καὶ ἐτειχίσαντο τὰς ἐν αὐτοῖς κώμας, καὶ παρέθεντο εἰς ἐπισιτισμὸν εἰς παρασκευὴν πολέμου, ὅτι προσφάτως ἦν τὰ πεδία αὐτῶν τεθερισμένα.

and they-had-taken-down-before to-all to-the-ones to-crests of-the-ones of-jutteednesses of-the-ones of-lofteed-of, and they-lineationed-to to-the-ones in unto-them to-villages, and they-had-placed-beside into to-a-graining-upon-to-of into to-an-equipping-beside of-a-war, to-which-a-one unto-declared-before it-was the-ones footinglets of-them having-had-come-to-be-summered-to.

4:5 ετειχισαντο Bab (ετιχ. B*)] ετιχισαν ℵ ετειχεισαν A

[appendix] οραιων A | ετιχισαντο B* (ετειχ. Bab) | παιδια A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 4:6 καὶ ἔγραψεν Ἰωακεὶμ ὁ ἱερεὺς ὁ μέγας, ὃς ἦν ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ, τοῖς κατοικοῦσι Βαιτουλουὰ καὶ Βαιτομαισθάιμ, ἥ ἐστιν ἀπέναντι Ἐσρηλὼν κατὰ πρόσωπον τοῦ πεδίου τοῦ πλησίον Δωθάειμ,

And it-scribed, an-Iôakeim the-one a-sacreder-of the-one great, which it-was in unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses in unto-an-Ierousalêm, unto-the-ones unto-housing-down-unto to-a-Baitouloua and to-a-Baitomaisthaim, which it-be off-in-ever-a-one of-an-Esrêlôn down to-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-footinglet of-the-one to-nigh-belonged of-a-Dôthaeim,

[appendix] παιδιου A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 4:7 λέγων διακατασχεῖν τὰς ἀναβάσεις τῆς ὀρινῆς, ὅτι δι' αὐτῶν ἦν ἡ εἴσοδος εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν· καὶ ἦν εὐχερῶς διακωλῦσαι αὐτοὺς προσβαίνοντας, στενῆς τῆς προσβάσεως οὔσης, ἐπ' ἄνδρας τοὺς πάντας δύο.

forthing to-have-had-held-down-through to-the-ones to-steppings-up of-the-one of-jutted-belonged-to, to-which-a-one through of-them it-was the-one a-way-into into to-the-one to-an-Ioudaia; and it-was unto-goodly-handed to-have-prevented-through to-them to-stepping-toward, of-narrowed of-the-one of-a-stepping-toward of-being, upon to-men to-the-ones to-all to-two.

4:7 η εισοδος] οδος ℵ | αυτους προσβαινοντας] τους προβ. ℵ | της προσβασεως] αναβασεως ℵ* διαβασεως ℵc.a της διαβ. A | om τους παντας ℵ

[appendix] ευχαιρως A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 4:8 καὶ ἐποίησαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ καθὰ συνέταξεν αὐτοῖς Ἰωακεὶμ ὁ ἱερεὺς ὁ μέγας καὶ ἡ γερουσία παντὸς δήμου Ἰσραὴλ οἳ ἐκάθηντο ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ.

And they-did-unto, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, down-to-which it-arranged-together unto-them, an-Iôakeim the-one a-sacreder-of the-one great, and the-one a-senioring-unto of-all of-a-locality of-an-Israêl which they-were-sitting-down in unto-an-Ierousalêm.

4:8 om Ιωακειμ ℵ | δημου] λαου A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 4:9 Καὶ ἀνεβόησαν πᾶς ἀνὴρ Ἰσραὴλ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ μεγάλῃ, καὶ ἐταπεινοῦσαν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ μεγάλῃ,

And they-up-hollered-unto, all a-man of-an-Israêl, toward to-the-one to-a-Deity in unto-a-stretching-out-of unto-great, and they-en-low-belonged-to to-the-ones to-breathings of-them in unto-a-stretching-out-of unto-great,

4:9 ανεβοησαν] εβοησαν ℵ | εκτενια (1°) ℵ | εταπινωσαν ℵ | αυτων] + νηστια μεγαλη ℵc.a | om εν εκτενεια μεγαλη (2°) ℵ

[appendix] εραπινουσαν B* (εταπειν. Ba?b)

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 4:10 αὐτοὶ καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ νήπια αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ κτήνη αὐτῶν· καὶ πᾶς πάροικος ἢ μισθωτὸς καὶ ἀργυρώνητος αὐτῶν ἐπέθεντο σάκκους ἐπὶ τὰς ὀσφύας αὐτῶν.

them and the-ones women of-them and the-ones non-word-belonged of-them and the-ones befoundeednesses of-them; and all housed-beside or en-payable and silver-purchased of-them they-had-placed-upon to-burlaps upon to-the-ones to-loins of-them.

Note: non-word-belonged : used to refer to unlearned in words, to baby talk, to infants, etc.

Note: befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

4:10 η] και ℵ A | om αυτων 4° ℵ | επεθεντο] pr και ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 4:11 καὶ πᾶς ἀνὴρ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ γυνὴ καὶ παιδία, οἱ κατοικοῦντες ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ, ἔπεσον κατὰ πρόσωπον τοῦ ναοῦ, καὶ ἐσποδώσαντο τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐξέτειναν τοὺς σάκκους αὐτῶν κατὰ πρόσωπον Κυρίου,

And all a-man of-an-Israêl and a-woman and childlets, the-ones housing-down-unto in unto-an-Ierousalêm, they-had-fallen down to-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-temple, and they-en-ashed to-the-ones to-heads of-them, and they-stretched-out to-the-ones to-burlaps of-them down to-looked-toward of-Authority-belonged,

4:11-12 κυ̅ και sup ras Ba?b

4:11 παιδια] pr τα ℵ A | om οι κατοικουντες εν Ιερ. ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) pr και A | επεσον] επεσαν ℵ επεθεντο A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 4:12 καὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον σάκκῳ περιέβαλλον· (Jdt 4:12) καὶ ἐβόησαν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν Ἰσραὴλ ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐκτενῶς, τοῦ μὴ δοῦναι εἰς διαρπαγὴν τὰ νήπια αὐτῶν καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας εἰς προνομὴν καὶ τὰς πόλεις τῆς κληρονομίας αὐτῶν εἰς ἀφανισμὸν καὶ τὰ ἅγια εἰς βεβήλωσιν καὶ ὀνειδισμόν, ἐπίχαρμα τοῖς ἔθνεσιν.

and to-the-one to-a-surgerlet unto-a-burlap they-had-casted-about; (Jdt 4:12) and they-hollered-unto toward to-the-one to-a-Deity of-an-Israêl passioned-along unto-stretched-out, of-the-one lest to-have-had-given into to-a-snatching-through to-the-ones to-non-word-belonged of-them and to-the-ones to-women of-them into to-a-parceleeing-before and to-the-ones to-cities of-the-one of-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-them into to-an-un-manifesting-to-of and to-the-ones to-hallow-belonged into to-an-en-step-stepping-of and to-a-reproaching-to-of, to-a-joying-upon-to unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to.

Note: to-non-word-belonged : used to refer to unlearned in words, to baby talk, to infants, etc.

Note: to-an-en-step-stepping-of : used to refer to a person overstepping what is allowable.

4:11-12 κυ̅ και sup ras Ba?b

[appendix] ονιδισμον B* (ονειδ. Bab) A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 4:13 καὶ εἰσήκουσεν Κύριος τῆς φωνῆς αὐτῶν καὶ ἐσεῖδεν τὴν θλίψιν αὐτῶν· καὶ ἦν ὁ λαὸς νηστεύων ἡμέρας πλείους ἐν πάσῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Ἰερουσαλὴμ κατὰ πρόσωπον τῶν ἁγίων Κυρίου Παντοκράτορος.

And it-heard-into, Authority-belonged, of-the-one of-a-sound of-them and it-had-seen-into to-the-one to-a-pressing of-them; and it-was the-one a-people non-eating-of to-dayednesses to-beyond in unto-all unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudaia and unto-an-Ierousalêm down to-looked-toward of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged of-Authority-belonged of-an-All-Securer.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 4:14 καὶ Ἰωακεὶμ ὁ ἱερεὺς ὁ μέγας καὶ πάντες οἱ παρεστηκότες ἐνώπιον Κυρίου ἱερεῖς, καὶ οἱ λειτουργοῦντες Κυρίῳ, σάκκους περιεζωσμένοι τὰς ὀσφύας αὐτῶν προσέφερον τὴν ὁλοκαύτωσιν τοῦ ἐνδελεχισμοῦ καὶ τὰς εὐχὰς καὶ τὰ ἑκούσια δόματα τοῦ λαοῦ,

And an-Iôakeim the-one a-sacreder-of the-one great and all the-ones having-had-come-to-stand-beside to-in-look-belonged of-Authority-belonged, sacreders-of, and the-ones public-working-unto unto-Authority-belonged, to-burlaps to-having-had-come-to-be-en-girded-about to-the-ones to-loins of-them they-were-bearing-toward to-the-one to-a-whole-en-burning of-the-one of-an-elongating-in-to-of and to-the-ones to-goodly-holdings and to-the-ones to-be-out-belonged to-givings-to of-the-one of-a-people,

[appendix] λιτουργουντες B* (λειτ. Bab) A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 4:15 καὶ ἦν σποδὸς ἐπὶ τὰς κιδάρεις αὐτῶν· καὶ ἐβόων πρὸς Κύριον ἐκ πάσης δυνάμεως, εἰς ἀγαθὸν ἐπισκέψασθαι πᾶν οἶκον Ἰσραήλ.

and it-was an-ash upon to-the-ones to-turbans of-them; and they-were-hollering-unto toward to-Authority-belonged out of-all of-an-ability, into to-excess-placed to-have-scouted-upon to-all to-a-house of-an-Israêl.

4:15 και ην] και η sup ras B1?ab | παν] παντα ℵ

[appendix] επισκεψασθε A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 5:1 Καὶ ἀνηγγέλη Ὀλοφέρνῃ ἀρχιστρατήγῳ δυνάμεως Ἀσσοὺρ διότι οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ παρεσκευάσαντο εἰς πόλεμον, καὶ τὰς διόδους τῆς ὀρινῆς συνέκλεισαν καὶ ἐτείχισαν πᾶσαν κορυφὴν ὄρους ὑψηλοῦ, καὶ ἔθηκαν ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις σκάνδαλα.

And it-had-been-leadeeered-up unto-an-Olofernês unto-a-first-amass-leader of-an-ability of-an-Assour through-to-which-a-one the-ones sons of-an-Israêl they-beside-equipped-to into to-a-war, and to-the-ones to-ways-through of-the-one of-jutted-belonged-to they-latch-belonged-together and they-lineationed-to to-all to-a-crest of-a-jutteedness of-lofteed-of, and they-placed in unto-the-ones unto-footinglets to-cumbrances.

5:1 δυναμεως] pr της ℵ | οι υιοι] om οι A | και 2°] κατα ℵ* (και ℵa.c (vid)) | ορινης] in ο ras aliq B? | εθηκα A* (ν superscr A1)

[appendix] συνεκλισαν A | ετιχισιαν B* (ετειχ. Bab) A | παιδιοις A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 5:2 καὶ ὠργίσθη θυμῷ σφόδρα, καὶ ἐκάλεσεν πάντας τοὺς ἄρχοντας Μωὰβ καὶ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς Ἀμμὼν καὶ πάντας σατράπας τῆς παραλίας,

And it-was-stressed-to unto-a-passion to-vehemented, and it-called-unto to-all to-the-ones to-firsting of-a-Môab and to-the-ones to-amass-leaders of-an-Ammôn and to-all to-provincers of-the-one of-beside-salt-belonged,

5:2 στρατηγους] + υιους (υς υι sup ras) Aa | om και παντας σατραπας της παραλιας ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 5:3 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς Ἀναγγείλατε δή μοι, υἱοὶ Χανάαν, τίς ὁ λαὸς οὗτος ὁ καθήμενος ἐν τῇ ὀρινῇ, καὶ τίνες ἃς κατοικοῦσιν πόλεις, καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐν τίνι τὸ κράτος αὐτῶν καὶ ἡ ἰσχὺς αὐτῶν, καὶ τίς ἀνέστηκεν ἐπ' αὐτῶν βασιλεὺς ἡγούμενος στρατιᾶς αὐτῶν,

and it-had-said unto-them, Ye-should-have-leadeeered-up then unto-me, sons of-a-Chanaan, what-one the-one a-people the-one-this the-one sitting-down in unto-the-one unto-jutted-belonged-to, and what-ones to-which they-house-down-unto cities and the-one a-repleteedness of-the-one of-an-ability of-them, and in unto-what-one the-one a-securement of-them and the-one a-force-holding of-them, and what-one it-had-come-to-stand-up upon of-them, a-ruler-of, leading-unto of-an-amassing-unto of-them,

[appendix] πολις A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 5:4 καὶ διὰ τί κατενωτίσαντο τοῦ μὴ ἐλθεῖν εἰς ἀπάντησίν μοι παρὰ πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐν δυσμαῖς.

and through to-what-one they-reared-down-to of-the-one lest to-have-had-came into to-an-ever-a-oneing-off unto-me beside to-all to-the-ones to-housing-down-unto in unto-sinkeeings?

5:4 μοι] μου ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 5:5 Καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτὸν Ἀχιὼρ ὁ ἡγούμενος πάντων υἱῶν Ἀμμὼν Ἀκουσάτω δὴ λόγον ὁ κύριός μου ἐκ στόματος τοῦ δούλου σου, καὶ ἀναγγελῶ σοι τὴν ἀλήθειαν περὶ τοῦ λαοῦ ὃς κατοικεῖ τὴν ὀρινὴν ταύτην πλησίον σοῦ οἰκοῦντος, καὶ οὐκ ἐξελεύσεται ψεῦδος ἐκ τοῦ στόματος τοῦ δούλου σου.

And it-had-said toward to-it, an-Achiôr the-one leading-unto of-all of-sons of-an-Ammôn, It-should-have-heard then to-a-forthee, the-one authority-belonged of-me, out of-a-becutteeing-to of-the-one of-a-bondee of-thee, and I-shall-leadeeer-up unto-thee to-the-one to-an-un-secluding-of about of-the-one of-a-people which it-houseth-down-unto to-the-one to-jutted-belonged-to to-the-one-this to-nigh-belonged of-thee of-housing-unto, and not it-shall-come-out, a-falseedness, out of-the-one of-a-becutteeing-to of-the-one of-a-bondee of-thee.

5:5 λαου] + τουτου A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 5:6 ὁ λαὸς οὗτός εἰσιν ἀπόγονοι Χαλδαίων·

The-one a-people the-one-this they-be became-off of-Chaldee-belonged;

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 5:7 καὶ παρῴκησαν τὸ πρότερον ἐν τῇ Μεσοποταμίᾳ, ὅτι οὐκ ἐβουλήθησαν ἀκολουθῆσαι τοῖς θεοῖς τῶν πατέρων αὐτῶν οἳ ἐγένοντο ἐν γῇ Χαλδαίων.

and they-housed-beside-unto to-the-one to-more-before in unto-the-one unto-a-Mesopotamia, to-which-a-one not they-were-purposed to-have-pathed-along-unto unto-the-ones unto-deities of-the-ones of-fathers of-them which they-had-became in unto-a-soil of-Chaldee-belonged.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 5:8 ἐξέβησαν ἐξ ὁδοῦ τῶν γονέων αὐτῶν καὶ προσεκύνησαν τῷ θεῷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, θεῷ ᾧ ἐπέγνωσαν· καὶ ἐξέβαλον αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ προσώπου τῶν θεῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ ἔφυγον εἰς Μεσοποταμίαν, καὶ παρῴκησαν ἐκεῖ ἡμέρας πολλάς.

They-had-stepped-out out of-a-way of-the-ones of-becomeeers-of of-them and they-kissed-toward-unto unto-the-one unto-a-Deity of-the-one of-a-sky, unto-a-Deity unto-which they-had-acquainted-upon; and they-had-casted-out to-them off of-looked-toward of-the-ones of-deities of-them and they-had-fled into to-a-Mesopotamia, and they-housed-beside-unto thither to-dayednesses to-much.

Note: of-becomeeers-of : the entities performing the parental function to a becomee, i.e. parents, but not necessarily biologically.

5:8 εξεβησαν] pr και A + δε ℵ | εξ] εκ της ℵ | om θεω 2° ℵ

[appendix] γοναιων A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 5:9 καὶ εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς αὐτῶν ἐξελθεῖν ἐκ τῆς παροικίας αὐτῶν καὶ πορευθῆναι εἰς γῆν Χανάαν· καὶ κατῴκησαν ἐκεῖ, καὶ ἐπληθύνθησαν χρυσίῳ καὶ ἀργυρίῳ καὶ ἐν κτήνεσιν πολλοῖς σφόδρα.

And it-had-said, the-one a-Deity of-them, to-have-had-came-out out of-the-one of-a-housing-beside-unto of-them and to-have-been-traversed-of into to-a-soil of-a-Chanaan; and they-housed-down-unto thither, and they-were-repletened unto-a-goldlet and unto-a-silverlet and in unto-befoundeednesses unto-much to-vehemented.

Note: unto-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

5:9 ο θς̅ sup ras Aa (seq ras 2 vel 3 litt : bis scr ειπεν A* vid) | κατοικησαν ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 5:10 καὶ κατέβησαν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, ἐκάλυψεν γὰρ τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς Χανάαν λιμός, καὶ παρῴκησαν ἐκεῖ μέχρις οὗ διετράφησαν· καὶ ἐγένοντο ἐκεῖ εἰς πλῆθος πολύ, καὶ οὐκ ἦν ἀριθμὸς τοῦ γένους αὐτῶν.

And they-had-stepped-down into to-an-Aiguptos, it-shrouded too-thus to-the-one to-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-soil of-a-Chanaan, a-famine, and they-housed-beside-unto thither unto-lest-whilst of-which they-had-been-nourished-through; and they-had-became thither into to-a-repleteedness to-much, and not it-was a-number of-the-one of-a-becomeedness of-them.

5:10 το προσ. της γης C. limoß] o l. to pros. t. g. C. ℵ | μεχρι A | του γενους] om του ℵ

[appendix] λειμος A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 5:11 καὶ ἐπανέστη αὐτοῖς ὁ βασιλεὺς Αἰγύπτου, καὶ κατεσοφίσατο αὐτοὺς ἐν πόνῳ καὶ πλίνθῳ, ἐταπείνωσαν αὐτοὺς καὶ ἔθεντο αὐτοὺς εἰς δούλους.

And it-had-stood-up-upon unto-them, the-one a-ruler-of of-an-Aiguptos, and it-wisdomed-down-to to-them in unto-a-necessitatee and unto-a-brick, they-en-low-belonged-to to-them and they-had-placed to-them into to-bondees.

5:11 κατεσοφισατο ℵ A | εν] pr και A | πονω] πηλω ℵ | εταπεινωσαν] και εταπινωσεν ℵ εταπεινωσεν A | εθετο A

[appendix] εταπινωσαν B* (εταπειν. Bab)

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 5:12 καὶ ἀνεβόησαν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπάταξεν γῆν Αἰγύπτου πληγαῖς ἐν αἷς οὐκ ἦν ἴασις· καὶ ἐξέβαλον αὐτοὺς οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτῶν.

And they-up-hollered-unto toward to-the-one to-a-Deity of-them, and it-smote to-a-soil of-an-Aiguptos unto-smitings in unto-which not it-was a-curing; and they-had-casted-out to-them, the-ones Aiguptos-belonged, off of-looked-toward of-them.

5:12 om και 2° A* (hab ⳤ Aa?(mg)) | παταξον A* (επαταξεν· Aa?) | γην] pr πασαν την ℵ A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 5:13 καὶ κατεξήρανεν ὁ θεὸς τὴν ἐρυθρὰν θάλασσαν ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν,

And it-dried-down, the-one a-Deity, to-the-one to-red to-a-flourisheredness in-toward-from of-them,

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 5:14 καὶ ἤγαγεν αὐτοὺς εἰς ὁδὸν τοῦ Σεινὰ καὶ Καδὴς Βαρνή· καὶ ἐξέβαλον πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ,

and it-had-led to-them into to-a-way of-the-one of-a-Seina and of-a-Kadês of-a-Barnê; and they-had-casted-out to-all to-the-ones to-housing-down-unto in unto-the-one unto-solituded,

5:14 Σινα Bb

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 5:15 καὶ ᾤκησαν ἐν γῇ Ἀμορραίων, καὶ πάντας τοὺς Ἑσεβωνείτας ἐξωλέθρευσαν ἐν τῇ ἰσχύι αὐτῶν· καὶ διαβάντες τὸν Ἰορδάνην ἐκληρονόμησαν πᾶσαν τὴν ὀρινήν.

and they-housed-unto in unto-a-soil of-Amor-belonged, and to-all to-the-ones Hesebôn-belongers they-destructed-out-of in unto-the-one unto-a-force-holding of-them; and having-had-stepped-through to-the-one to-an-Iordanês they-lot-parceleed-unto to-all to-the-one to-a-soil to-jutted-belonged-to.

5:15 οικησαν ℵ | εν γη] γην ℵ | Εσεβωνειτας] Εσεβωνιτας Bb Εσεβων ℵ A | εξωλεθρευσαν (εξωλοθρ. Bb)] pr και παντας ℵ

[appendix] ισχυει B* (ισχυι Bab) ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 5:16 καὶ ἐξέβαλον ἐκ προσώπου αὐτῶν τὸν Χαναναῖον καὶ τὸν Φερεζαῖον καὶ τὸν Ἰεβουσαῖον καὶ τὸν Συχὲμ καὶ πάντας τοὺς Γεργεσαίους, καὶ κατῴκησαν ἐν αὐτῇ ἡμέρας πολλάς.

And they-had-casted-out out of-looked-toward of-them to-the-one to-Chanan-belonged and to-the-one to-Ferez-belonged and to-the-one to-Iebous-belonged and to-the-one to-a-Suchem and to-all to-the-ones to-Gerges-belonged, and they-housed-down-unto in unto-it to-dayednesses to-much.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 5:17 καὶ ἕως οὐχ ἥμαρτον ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ αὐτῶν, ἦν μετ' αὐτῶν τὰ ἀγαθά, ὅτι θεὸς μισῶν ἀδικίαν μετ' αὐτῶν ἐστίν·

And unto-if-which not they-had-un-adjusted-along to-in-look-belonged of-the-one of-a-Deity of-them, it-was with of-them the-ones excess-placed, to-which-a-one a-Deity hating-unto to-an-un-coursing-unto with of-them it-be;

5:17 εως] + ου ℵ | μετ αυτων ην ℵ | θεος] pr ο ℵ

[appendix] μεισων ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 5:18 ὅτε δὲ ἀπέστησαν ἀπὸ τῆς ὁδοῦ ἧς διέθετο αὐτοῖς, ἐξωλεθρεύθησαν ἐν πολλοῖς πολέμοις ἐπὶ πολὺ σφόδρα, καὶ ᾐχμαλωτεύθησαν εἰς γῆν οὐκ ἰδίαν, καὶ ὁ ναὸς τοῦ θεοῦ αὐτῶν ἐγενήθη εἰς ἔδαφος, καὶ αἱ πόλεις αὐτῶν ἐκρατήθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ὑπεναντίων.

which-also then-also they-had-stood-off off of-the-one of-a-way of-which it-had-placed-through unto-them, they-were-being-destructed-out-of in unto-much unto-wars upon to-much to-vehemented, and they-were-spear-captured-of into to-a-soil not to-private-belonged, and the-one a-temple of-the-one of-a-Deity of-them it-was-became into to-a-beloweedness, and the-ones cities of-them they-were-secured-unto under of-the-ones of-ever-a-oned-in-under.

5:18 εξολοθρ. Bb εξολεθρ. ℵ | ουχ ηδιαν B* (ουκ ιδιαν Bab ουχ ιδιαν ℵ A)

[appendix] πολις A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 5:19 καὶ νῦν ἐπιστρέψαντες ἐπὶ τὸν θεὸν αὐτῶν ἀνέβησαν ἐκ τῆς διασπορᾶς οὗ διεσπάρησαν ἐκεῖ, κατέσχον τὴν Ἰερουσαλὴμ οὗ τὸ ἁγίασμα αὐτῶν, καὶ κατῳκίσθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρινῇ, ὅτι ἦν ἔρημος.

And now having-beturned-upon upon to-the-one to-a-Deity of-them they-had-stepped-up out of-the-one of-a-whorleeing-through of-which they-had-been-whorled-through thither, they-had-held-down to-the-one to-an-Ierousalêm of-which the-one a-hallow-belonging-to of-them, and they-were-housed-down-to in unto-the-one unto-jutted-belonged-to, to-which-a-one it-was solituded.

5:19 κατεσχον] pr και ℵ A | ορεινη Babℵ A | οτε ℵ* (οτι ℵc.a)

[appendix] κατωκεισθησαν A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 5:20 καὶ νῦν, δέσποτα κύριε, εἰ μέν ἐστιν ἀγνόημα ἐν τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ καὶ ἁμαρτάνουσιν εἰς τὸν θεὸν αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπισκεψόμεθα ὅτι ἐστὶν ἐν αὐτοῖς σκάνδαλον τοῦτο, καὶ ἀναβησόμεθα καὶ ἐκπολεμήσομεν αὐτούς·

And now, Bind-doer Authority-belonged, if indeed it-be an-un-en-mulling-to in unto-the-one unto-a-people unto-the-one-this and they-un-adjust-along into to-the-one to-a-Deity of-them, and we-shall-scout-upon to-which-a-one it-be in unto-them a-cumbrance the-one-this, and we-shall-step-up and we-shall-war-out-unto to-them;

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 5:21 εἰ δ' οὐκ ἔστιν ἀνομία ἐν τῷ ἔθνει αὐτῶν, παρελθέτω δὴ ὁ κύριός, μή ποτε ὑπερασπίσῃ ὁ κύριος αὐτῶν καὶ ὁ θεὸς αὐτῶν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐσόμεθα εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν ἐναντίον πάσης τῆς γῆς.

if then-also not it-be an-un-parceleeing-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-them, it-should-have-had-came-beside then, the-one authority-belonged, lest whither-also it-might-have-sparred-along-over-to, the-one Authority-belonged of-them and the-one a-Deity of-them, over of-them, and we-shall-be into to-a-reproaching-to-of to-ever-a-oned-in of-all of-the-one of-a-soil.

[appendix] ονιδισμον B* (ονειδ. Bb (vid))

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 5:22 Καὶ ἐγένετο ὡς ἐπαύσατο Ἀχιὼρ λαλῶν τοὺς λόγους τούτους, καὶ ἐγόγγυσεν πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ὁ κυκλῶν τὴν σκηνὴν καὶ περιεστώς· καὶ εἶπαν οἱ εγιστᾶνες Ὀλοφέρνου καὶ πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὴν παραλίαν καὶ τὴν Μωὰβ συγκόψαι αὐτόν

And it-had-became as it-ceased, an-Achiôr, speaking-unto to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these, and it-murmured-of-to, all the-one a-people the-one en-circling to-the-one to-a-tenting and having-hath-had-come-to-stand-about; and they-said, the-ones most-greats of-an-Olofernês and all the-ones housing-down-unto to-the-one to-beside-salt-belonged and to-the-one to-a-Môab, to-have-felled-together to-it,

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 5:23 Οὐ γὰρ φοβηθησόμεθα ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ· ἰδοὺ γὰρ λαὸς ἐν ᾧ οὐκ ἔστιν δύναμις οὐδὲ κράτος εἰς παράταξιν ἰσχυράν.

Not too-thus we-shall-be-feareed-unto off of-sons of-an-Israêl; thou-should-have-had-seen too-thus, a-people in unto-which not it-be an-ability not-then-also a-securement into to-an-arranging-beside to-force-held;

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 5:24 διὸ δὴ ἀναβησόμεθα, καὶ ἔσονται εἰς κατάβρωμα πάσης τῆς στρατείας σου, δέσποτα Ὀλοφέρνη.

through-to-which-a-one then we-shall-step-up, and they-shall-be into to-a-feedeeing-down-to of-all of-the-one of-an-amassing-of of-thee, Bind-doer Olofernês.

5:24 καταβρωσιν ℵ A | στρατιας ℵ A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 6:1 Καὶ ὡς κατέπαυσεν ὁ θόρυβος τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῶν κύκλῳ τῆς συνεδρίας, καὶ εἶπεν Ὀλοφέρνης ἀρχιστράτηγος δυνάμεως Ἀσσοὺρ πρὸς Ἀχιὼρ ἐναντίον παντὸς τοῦ δήμου ἀλλοφύλων

And as it-ceased-down, the-one a-tumult of-the-ones of-men of-the-ones unto-a-circle of-the-one of-a-seating-together-unto, and it-had-said, an-Olofernês a-first-amass-leader of-an-ability of-an-Assour, toward to-an-Achiôr to-ever-a-oned-in of-all of-the-one of-a-locality of-other-tribed,

6:1 ειπεν] pr και ℵ A | αρχιστρατηγος] pr ο A | δυναμεως] pr της A | αλλοφυλων] των αλλοφ. και προς παντας τους υιους Μωαβ᾿· A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 6:2 Καὶ τίς εἶ σὺ Ἀχιὼρ καὶ πρὸς πάντας υἱοὺς Μωὰβ καὶ οἱ μισθωτοὶ τοῦ Ἐφράιμ, ὅτι ἐπροφήτευσας ἐν ἡμῖν καθὼς σήμερον, καὶ εἶπας τὸ γένος Ἰσραὴλ μὴ πολεμῆσαι, ὅτι θεὸς αὐτῶν ὑπερασπιεῖ αὐτῶν; καὶ τίς ὁ θεὸς εἰ μὴ Ναβουχοδονοσόρ; οὗτος ἀποστελεῖ τὸ κράτος αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐξολεθρεύσει αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ προσώπου τῆς γῆς, καὶ οὐ ῥύσεται αὐτοὺς ὁ θεὸς αὐτῶν·

And what-one thou-be thou Achiôr and toward to-all to-sons of-a-Môab and the-ones en-payable of-an-Efraim, to-which-a-one thou-declared-before-of in unto-us down-as this-day, and thou-said to-the-one to-a-becomeedness of-an-Israêl lest to-have-warred-unto, to-which-a-one a-Deity of-them it-shall-spar-along-over-to of-them? And what-one the-one a-Deity if lest a-Nabouchodonosor? The-one-this it-shall-set-off to-the-one to-a-securement of-it and it-shall-destruct-out-of to-them off of-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-soil, and not it-shall-tract to-them, the-one a-Deity of-them;

Note: of-an-Efraim in 03 : pr of-the-one in 01 02 03C1 03C2.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 6:3 ἀλλ' ἡμεῖς οἱ δοῦλοι αὐτοῦ πατάξομεν αὐτοὺς ὡς ἄνθρωπον ἕνα, καὶ οὐχ ὑποστήσονται τὸ κράτος τῶν ἵππων ἡμῶν.

other we the-ones bondees of-it we shall-smite to-them as to-a-mankind to-one, and not they-shall-stand-under to-the-one to-a-securement of-the-ones of-horses of-us.

6:3 αλλα ℵ | παταξομεν] εξολεθρευσωμεν A

[appendix] ουκ ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 6:4 κατακαύσομεν γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ τὰ ὅρια αὐτῶν μεθυσθήσεται ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτῶν, καὶ τὰ πεδία αὐτῶν πληρωθήσεται νεκρῶν αὐτῶν· καὶ οὐκ ἀντιστήσεται τὸ ἴχνος τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῶν κατὰ πρόσωπον ἡμῶν, ἀλλὰ ἀπωλείᾳ ἀπολοῦνται, λέγει ὁ βασιλεὺς Ναβουχοδονοσόρ, κύριος πάσης τῆς γῆς. εἶπεν γάρ· οὐ ματαιωθήσεται τὰ ῥήματα τῶν λόγων αὐτοῦ.

We-shall-burn-belong-down too-thus to-them in unto-them, and the-ones boundlets of-them it-shall-be-toxinated in unto-the-one unto-a-rushering-to of-them, and the-ones footinglets of-them it-shall-be-en-filled of-en-deaded of-them; and not it-shall-ever-a-one-stand, the-one a-trackeedness-belonging-to of-the-ones of-feet of-them, down to-looked-toward of-us, other unto-a-destructing-off-of they-shall-destruct-off, it-fortheth, the-one a-ruler-of a-Nabouchodonosor, authority-belonged of-all of-the-one of-a-soil. It-had-said too-thus; not it-shall-be-en-folly-belonged the-ones utterings-to of-the-ones of-forthees of-it.

[appendix] παιδια A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 6:5 σὺ δέ Ἀχιώρ, μισθωτὲ τοῦ Ἀμμών, ὃς ἐλάλησας τοὺς λόγους τούτους ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἀδικίας σου, οὐκ ὄψῃ ἔτι τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἀπὸ τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης ἕως οὗ ἐκδικήσω τὸ γένος τῶν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου·

Thou then-also Achiôr, En-payable of-the-one of-an-Ammôn, which having-spoke-unto to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these in unto-a-dayedness of-an-un-coursing-unto of-thee, not thou-shall-behold if-to-a-one to-the-one to-looked-toward of-me off of-the-one of-a-dayedness of-the-one-this unto-if-which of-which I-might-have-coursed-out-unto to-the-one to-a-becomeedness of-the-ones out of-an-Aiguptos;

6:5 ος] ως ℵ | αδικια σου A | om ετι ℵ | ταυτης] α sup ras Aa

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 6:6 καὶ τότε διελεύσεται ὁ σίδηρος τῆς στρατείας μου καὶ ὁ λαὸς τῶν θεραπόντων μου τὰς πλευράς σου, καὶ πεσῇ ἐν τοῖς τραυματίαις αὐτῶν ὅταν ἐπιστρέψωσιν·

and to-the-one-which-also it-shall-come-through, the-one an-iron of-the-one of-an-amassing-of of-me and the-one a-people of-the-ones of-ministers of-me, to-the-ones sidednesses of-thee, and thou-shall-fall in unto-the-ones unto-war-belongers of-them which-also-ever they-might-have-beturned-upon;

Note: they-might-have-beturned-upon in 03 : I-might-have-beturned-upon in 01 02 03C1 03C2.

6:6 στρατιας A | ταις τραυμ. ℵc.a | αυτων] αυτ sup ras Bab | επιστρεψω Babℵ A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 6:7 καὶ ἀποκαταστήσουσίν σε οἱ δοῦλοί μου εἰς τὴν ὀρινὴν καὶ θήσουσίν σε ἐν μιᾷ τῶν πόλεων τῶν ἀναβάσεων,

and they-shall-stand-down-off to-thee, the-ones bondees of-me, into to-the-one to-jutted-belonged-to and they-shall-place to-thee in unto-one of-the-ones of-cities of-the-ones of-steppings-up,

6:7 bis scr οι δουλοι μου . . . θησουσιν σε B* (om 1° Bab) | om σε 2° ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 6:8 καὶ οὐκ ἀπολῇ ἕως οὗ ἐξολεθρευθῇς μετ' αὐτῶν.

and not thou-shall-destruct-off unto-if-which of-which thou-might-have-been-destructed-out-of with of-them.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 6:9 καὶ εἴπερ ἐλπίζεις τῇ καρδίᾳ σου ὅτι οὐ λημφθήσονται, μὴ συμπεσέτω σου τὸ πρόσωπον. ἐλάλησα, καὶ οὐδὲν διαπεσεῖται τῶν ῥημάτων μου.

And if-very thou-drove-suree-to unto-the-one unto-a-heart of-thee to-which-a-one not they-shall-be-taken, lest it-should-have-had-fallen-together of-thee, the-one looked-toward. I-spoke-unto, and not-then-also-one it-shall-fall-through of-the-ones of-utterings-to of-me.

6:9 λημφθησονται] συλλημφθ. A | σῡ|πεσετω ℵ συμπεσατω A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 6:10 Καὶ προσέταξεν Ὀλοφέρνης τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ, οἳ ἦσαν παρεστηκότες ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ αὐτοῦ, συλλαβεῖν τὸν Ἀχιὼρ καὶ ἀποκαταστῆσαι αὐτὸν εἰς Βετυλουὰ καὶ παραδοῦναι εἰς χεῖρας υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ.

And it-arranged-toward, an-Olofernês, unto-the-ones unto-bondees of-it, which they-were having-had-come-to-stand-beside in unto-the-one unto-a-tenting of-it, to-have-had-taken-together to-the-one to-an-Achiôr and to-have-stood-down-off to-it into to-a-Betuloua and to-have-had-given-beside into to-hands of-sons of-an-Israêl.

6:10 εν τη σκηνη αυτου] αυτω ℵ | Βαιτουλουα ℵ (item 11) | παραδουναι] + αυτον ℵ | υιων Ισρ.] rescr υιων 1 ℵ1

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 6:11 καὶ συνέλαβον αὐτὸν οἱ δοῦλοι αὐτοῦ καὶ ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς εἰς τὸ πεδίον, καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ μέσου τῆς πεδινῆς εἰς τὴν ὀρινήν, καὶ παρεγένοντο ἐπὶ τὰς πηγὰς αἳ ἦσαν ὑποκάτω Βετυλουά.

And they-had-taken-together to-it, the-ones bondees of-it, and they-had-led to-it out-unto-which of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside into to-the-one to-a-footinglet, and they-lifted-off out of-middle of-the-one of-footinged-belonged-to into to-the-one to-jutted-belonged-to, and they-had-became-beside upon to-the-ones to-pitchings which they-were under-down-unto-which of-a-Betuloua.

6:11 om αυτον 2° ℵ | επι] εις ℵ | πηγας] rescr γ ℵ1

[appendix] παιδινης A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 6:12 καὶ ὡς ἴδαν αὐτοὺς οἱ ἄνδρες τῆς πόλεως ἐπὶ τὴν κορυφὴν τοῦ ὄρους, ἀνέλαβον τὰ ὅπλα αὐτῶν καὶ ἐπῆλθον ἔξω τῆς πόλεως ἐπὶ τὴν κορυφὴν τοῦ ὄρους· καὶ πᾶς ἀνὴρ σφενδονήτης διεκράτησαν τὴν ἀνάβασιν αὐτῶν καὶ ἔβαλλον ἐν λίθοις ἐπ' αὐτούς.

And as they-saw to-them, the-ones men of-the-one of-a-city, upon to-the-one to-a-crest of-the-one of-a-jutteedness, they-had-taken-up to-the-ones to-an-implements of-them and they-had-came-upon out-unto-which of-the-one of-a-city upon to-the-one to-a-crest of-the-one of-a-jutteedness; and all a-man a-slinger they-secured-through-unto to-the-one to-a-stepping-up of-them and they-were-casting in unto-stones upon to-them.

6:12 ως] ω ℵ* (ς superscr ℵ1) | ειδαν Babℵ A | επηλθον] απηλθεν A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 6:13 καὶ ὑποδύσαντες ὑποκάτω τοῦ ὄρους ἔδησαν τὸν Ἀχιὼρ καὶ ἀφῆκαν ἐρριμμένον ὑπὸ τὴν ῥίζαν τοῦ ὄρους, καὶ ἀπῴχοντο πρὸς τὸν κύριον αὐτῶν.

And having-sunk-under under-down-unto-which of-the-one of-a-jutteedness they-binded to-the-one to-an-Achiôr and they-sent-off to-having-had-come-to-be-flung under to-the-one to-a-rootedness of-the-one of-a-jutteedness, and they-were-being-bear-belonged-off toward to-the-one to-authority-belonged of-them.

6:13 υποδυσαντες] δ sup ras A1 | ρεριμμενον A | υπο την] saltem τ sup ras Bab

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 6:14 καταβάντες δὲ οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ ἐκ τῆς πόλεως αὐτῶν ἐπέστησαν αὐτῷ, καὶ λύσαντες αὐτὸν ἀπήγαγον εἰς τὴν Βετυλουά, καὶ κατέστησαν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας τῆς πόλεως αὐτῶν,

Having-had-stepped-down then-also, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, out of-the-one of-a-city of-them they-had-stood-upon unto-it, and having-loosed to-it they-had-led-off into to-the-one to-a-Betuloua, and they-stood-down to-it upon to-the-ones to-firsting of-the-one of-a-city of-them,

6:14 om δε A* (superscr A1) | αυτω] επ αυτον A | Βαιτουλουα ℵ | επι] εις A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 6:15 οἳ ἦσαν ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις Ὀζείας ὁ τοῦ Μειχὰ ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Συμεὼν καὶ Χαβρεὶς ὁ τοῦ Γοθονιὴλ καὶ Χαρμεὶς υἱὸς Μελχειήλ.

which they-were in unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses unto-the-ones-thither an-Ozeias the-one of-the-one of-a-Meicha out of-the-one of-a-tribing of-a-Sumeôn and a-Chabreis the-one of-the-one of-a-Gothoniêl and a-Charmeis a-son of-a-Melcheiêl.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 6:16 καὶ συνεκάλεσεν πάντας τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῆς πόλεως, καὶ συνέδραμον πᾶς νεανίσκος αὐτῶν καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ ἔστησαν τὸν Ἀχιὼρ ἐν μέσῳ παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτὸν Ὀζείας τὸ συμβεβηκός.

And it-called-together-unto to-all to-the-ones to-more-eldered of-the-one of-a-city, and they-had-circuited-together, all a-new-belonging-of of-them and the-ones women, into to-the-one to-a-calling-out-unto, and they-stood to-the-one to-an-Achiôr in unto-middle of-all of-the-one of-a-people of-them, and it-upon-entreated-unto to-it, an-Ozeias, to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-step-together.

6:16 συνεκαλεσαν ℵ A | της πολεως] Ισραηλ ℵ* της πολ. (non del Ισρ.) ℵc.a | om αυτων 2° ℵ | Οζιας BbA (item 21)

[appendix] εμμεσω A (item 17)

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 6:17 καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ἀπήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ῥήματα τῆς συνεδρείας Ὀλοφέρνου, καὶ πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ὅσα ἐλάλησεν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἀρχόντων υἱῶν Ἀσσούρ, καὶ ὅσα ἐμεγαλορημόνησεν Ὀλοφέρνης εἰς τὸν οἶκον Ἰσραήλ.

And having-been-separated-off it-leadeeered-off unto-them to-the-ones to-utterings-to of-the-one of-a-seating-together-of of-an-Olofernês, and to-all to-the-ones to-uttering-to to-which-a-which it-spoke-unto in unto-middle of-the-ones of-firsting of-sons of-an-Assour, and to-which-a-which it-greatly-uttered-unto, an-Olofernês, into to-the-one to-a-house of-an-Israêl.

6:17 συνεδριας Bbℵ A | ελαλησαν A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 6:18 (14) καὶ πεσόντες ὁ λαὸς προσεκύνησαν τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐβόησαν λέγοντες

And having-had-fallen, the-one a-people, they-kissed-toward-unto unto-the-one unto-a-Deity, and they-hollered-unto forthing,

6:18 τω θεω] pr κω̅ ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 6:19 Κύριε ὁ θεὸς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, κάτιδε ἐπὶ τὰς ὑπερηφανίας αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐλέησον τὴν ταπείνωσιν τοῦ γένους ἡμῶν, καὶ ἐπίβλεψον ἐπὶ τὸ πρόσωπον τῶν ἡγιασμένων σοι ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ.

Authority-belonged the-one a-Deity of-the-one of-a-sky, thou-should-have-had-seen-down upon to-the-ones to-manifestings-over-unto of-them, and thou-should-have-besectionated-unto to-the-one to-an-en-lowed-belonging-to of-the-one of-a-becomeedness of-us, and thou-should-have-viewed-upon upon to-the-one to-looked-toward of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-be-hallow-belonged-to unto-thee in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-this.

6:19 κατιδε] επιβλεψον ℵ καθειδε A (pr ras 1 lit) | υπερηφανιας] post α 1° ras 1 lit A? | αυτων] α sup ras A1

[appendix] ταπινωσιν B* (ταπειν. Ba?b) ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 6:20 καὶ παρεκάλεσαν τὸν Ἀχιώρ, καὶ ἐπῄνεσαν αὐτὸν σφόδρα.

And they-called-beside-unto to-the-one to-an-Achiôr, and they-lauded-upon-unto to-it to-vehemented.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 6:21 καὶ παρέλαβεν αὐτὸν Ὀζείας ἐκ τῆς ἐκκλησίας εἰς οἶκον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐποίησεν πότον τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις· καὶ ἐπεκαλέσαντο τὸν θεὸν Ἰσραὴλ εἰς βοήθειαν ὅλην τὴν νύκτα ἐκείνην.

And it-had-taken-beside to-it, an-Ozeias, out of-the-one of-a-calling-out-unto into to-a-house of-it, and it-did-unto to-a-drinkation unto-the-ones unto-more-eldered; and they-called-upon-unto to-the-one to-a-Deity of-an-Israêl into to-a-holler-running-of to-whole to-the-one to-a-night to-the-one-thither.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:1 Τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον παρήγγειλεν Ὀλοφέρνης πάσῃ τῇ στρατείᾳ αὐτοῦ καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ οἳ παρεγένοντο ἐπὶ τὴν συμμαχίαν αὐτοῦ, ἀναζευγνύειν ἐπὶ Βαιτυλουὰ καὶ τὰς ἀναβάσεις τῆς ὀρινῆς προκαταλαμβάνεσθαι καὶ ποιεῖν πόλεμον πρὸς τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραήλ.

Unto-the-one then-also to-morrow it-leadeeered-beside, an-Olofernês, unto-all unto-the-one unto-an-amassing-of of-it and unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-people of-it which they-had-became-beside upon to-the-one to-a-battling-together-unto of-it, to-en-couple-up upon to-a-Baituloua and to-the-ones to-steppings-up of-the-one of-jutted-belonged-to to-take-down-before and to-do-unto to-a-war toward to-the-ones to-sons of-an-Israêl.

7:1 στρατια A | τω λαω] om τω A | οι] και ℵ | Βαιτουλουα ℵ | ορεινης BabA

[appendix] αναβασις B* (-σεις Bab)

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:2 καὶ ἀνέζευξεν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ πᾶς ἀνὴρ δυνατὸς αὐτῶν· καὶ ἡ δύναμις αὐτῶν ἀνδρῶν πολεμιστῶν χιλιάδες ἀνδρῶν πεζῶν ἑκατὸν ἑβδομήκοντα καὶ ἱππέων χιλιάδες δέκα δύο, χωρὶς τῆς ἀποσκευῆς τῶν ἀνδρῶν οἳ ἦσαν πεζοὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς, πλῆθος πολὺ σφόδρα.

And it-en-coupled-up in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-thither, all a-man able of-them; and the-one an-ability of-them of-men of-war-belongers thousands of-men of-afoot a-hundred seventy and of-horsers-of thousands ten two, of-spaced of-the-one of-an-equipping-off of-the-ones of-men which they-were unto-afoot in unto-them, a-repleteedness much to-vehemented.

[appendix] χειλιαδες (bis) Bℵ | ιππαιων A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:3 καὶ παρενέβαλον ἐν τῷ αὐλῶνι πλησίον Βαιτυλουὰ ἐπὶ τῆς πηγῆς, καὶ παρέτειναν εἰς εὖρος ἐπὶ Δωθάειμ ἕως Βελβάιμ, καὶ εἰς μῆκος ἕως Βαιτυλουὰ ἕως Κυαμῶνος ἥ ἐστιν ἀπέναντι τοῦ Ἐσδρηλών.

And they-had-casted-in-beside in unto-the-one unto-a-channeling to-nigh-belonged of-a-Baituloua upon of-the-one of-a-pitching, and they-stretched-beside into to-a-wideedness upon to-a-Dôthaeim unto-if-which of-a-Belbaim, and into to-a-longeedness unto-if-which of-a-Baituloua unto-if-which of-a-Kuamônos which it-be off-in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-an-Esdrêlôn.

[appendix] παρετιναν A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:4 οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ, ὡς ἴδον αὐτῶν τὸ πλῆθος, ἐταράχθησαν σφόδρα, καὶ εἶπαν ἕκαστος πρὸς τὸν πλησίον αὐτοῦ Νῦν ἐκλίξουσιν οὗτοι τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς πάσης, καὶ οὔτε τὰ ὄρη τὰ ὑψηλὰ οὔτε αἱ φάραγγες οὔτε οἱ βουνοὶ ὑποστήσονται τὸ βάρος αὐτῶν.

The-ones then-also sons of-an-Israêl, as they-had-seen of-them to-the-one to-a-repleteedness, they-were-stirred to-vehemented, and they-said each toward to-the-one to-nigh-belonged of-it, Now they-shall-lick-out, the-ones-these, to-the-one to-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-soil of-all, and not-also the-ones jutteednesses the-ones lofteed-of not-also the-ones chasms not-also the-ones mounds they-shall-stand-under to-the-one to-a-weighteedness of-them.

7:4 ειδον ℵ A | om αυτων 1° A | ειπον ℵ ειπεν A | αυτου] αυτων ℵ | πασης της γης A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:5 καὶ ἀναλαβόντες ἕκαστος τὰ σκεύη τὰ πολεμικὰ αὐτῶν καὶ ἀνακαύσαντες πυρὰς ἐπὶ τοὺς πύργους αὐτῶν ἔμενον φυλάσσοντες ὅλην τὴν νύκτα ἐκείνην.

And having-had-taken-up each to-the-ones to-equipeednesses to-the-ones to-war-belonged-of of-them and having-burn-belonged-up to-firenesses upon to-the-ones to-towers of-them they-were-staying guardering to-whole to-the-one to-a-night to-the-one-thither.

7:5 αυτων 1°] αυτου ℵ* (-των ℵc.a) | om και ανακαυσαντες . . . αυτων (2°) ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | om ολην ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | om εκεινην ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:6 τῇ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ δευτέρᾳ ἐξήγαγεν Ὀλοφέρνης πᾶσαν τὴν ἵππον αὐτοῦ κατὰ πρόσωπον τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ οἳ ἦσαν ἐν Βετυλουά,

Unto-the-one then-also unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-second it-had-led-out, an-Olofernês, to-all to-the-one to-a-horse of-it down to-looked-toward of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl which they-were in unto-a-Betuloua,

7:6 των υιων] om των ℵ | om οι ησαν εν Βετυλουα ℵ* (hab οι ησαν εκ Βαιτουλουα ℵc.a) οι ησαν εκ Βαιτυλουα A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:7 καὶ ἐπεσκέψατο τὰς ἀναβάσεις τῆς πόλεως αὐτῶν, καὶ τὰς πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων ἐφώδευσεν καὶ προκατελάβετο αὐτάς, καὶ ἐπέστησεν αὐταῖς παρεμβολὰς ἀνδρῶν πολεμιστῶν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνέζευξεν εἰς τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ.

and it-scouted-upon to-the-ones to-steppings-up of-the-one of-a-city of-them, and to-the-ones to-pitchings of-the-ones of-waters it-wayed-upon-of and it-had-taken-down-before to-them, and it-stood-upon unto-them to-castings-in-beside of-men of-war-belongers, and it it-en-coupled-up into to-the-one to-a-people of-it.

7:7 υδατων] + αυτων A | παρεμβολας ανδρων πολεμιστων] ανδρας πολεμιστας ℵ

[appendix] αναβασις ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:8 Καὶ προσελθόντες αὐτῷ πάντες ἄρχοντες υἱῶν Ἠσαὺ καὶ πάντες οἱ ἡγούμενοι τοῦ λαοῦ Μωὰβ καὶ οἱ στρατηγοὶ τῆς παραλίας εἶπαν

And having-had-came-toward unto-it, all firsting of-sons of-an-Êsau and all the-ones leading-unto of-the-one of-a-people of-a-Môab and the-ones amass-leaders of-the-one of-beside-salt-belonged, they-said,

7:8 της παραλιας] om της ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:9 Ἀκουσάτω δὴ λόγον ὁ δεσπότης ἡμῶν, ἵνα μὴ γένηται θραῦσμα ἐν τῇ δυνάμει σου.

It-should-have-heard then to-a-forthee, the-one a-bind-doer of-us, so lest it-might-have-had-became a-crushing-to in unto-the-one unto-an-ability of-thee.

7:9 [appendix] δυναμι A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:10 ὁ γὰρ λαὸς οὗτος τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ οὐ πέποιθαν ἐπὶ τοῖς δόρασιν αὐτῶν ἀλλ' ἐπὶ τοῖς ὕψεσι τῶν ὀρέων αὐτῶν, ἐν οἷς αὐτοὶ ἐνοικοῦσιν ἐν αὐτοῖς· οὐ γάρ ἔστιν εὐχερὲς προσβῆναι ταῖς κορυφαῖς τῶν ὀρέων αὐτῶν.

The-one too-thus a-people the-one-this of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl not they-hath-had-come-to-sure upon unto-the-ones unto-shanks of-them other upon unto-the-ones unto-lofteednesses of-the-ones of-jutteednesses of-them, in unto-which them they-house-in-unto in unto-them; not too-thus it-be goodly-handinged to-have-had-stepped-toward unto-the-ones unto-crests of-the-ones of-jutteednesses of-them.

7:10 υψεσι] οψεσι A | om αυτων 2° ℵ A | αυτοι] seq ras 1 lit (ς ut vid) in A | ενοικουσιν] κατοικουσιν A

[appendix] οραιων A (bis)

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:11 καὶ νῦν, δέσποτα, μὴ πολέμει πρὸς αὐτοὺς καθὼς γίνεται πόλεμος παρατάξεως, καὶ οὐ πεσεῖται ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ σου ἀνὴρ εἷς.

And now, Bind-doer, lest thou-should-war-unto toward to-them down-as it-becometh a-war of-an-arranging-toward, and not it-shall-fall out of-the-one of-a-people of-thee, a-man one.

7:11 προς αυτους] μετ αυτων A | ανηρ] pr ως ℵc.a

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:12 ἀνάμεινον ἐπὶ τῆς παρεμβολῆς σου, διαφυλάσσων πάντα ἄνδρα ἐκ τῆς δυνάμεώς σου, καὶ ἐπικρατησάτωσαν οἱ παῖδές σου τῆς πηγῆς τοῦ ὕδατος ἣ ἐκπορεύεται ἐκ τῆς ῥίζης τοῦ ὄρους,

Thou-should-have-stayed-up upon of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside of-thee, guardering-through to-all to-a-man out of-the-one of-an-ability of-thee, and they-should-have-secured-upon-unto, the-ones children of-thee, of-the-one of-a-pitching of-the-one of-a-water which it-traverseth-out-of out of-the-one of-a-rootedness of-the-one of-a-jutteedness,

7:12 [appendix] δυναμαιως A | παιδες] πεδες A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:13 διότι ἐκεῖθεν ὑδρεύονται πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες Βαιτυλουά, καὶ ἀνελεῖ αὐτοὺς ἡ δίψα, καὶ ἐκδώσουσι τὴν πόλιν αὐτῶν· καὶ ἡμεῖς καὶ ὁ λαὸς ἡμῶν ἀναβησόμεθα ἐπὶ τὰς πλησίον κορυφὰς τῶν ὀρέων. καὶ παρεμβαλοῦμεν ἐπ' αὐταῖς εἰς προφυλακὴν τοῦ μὴ ἐξελθεῖν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἄνδρα ἕνα.

through-to-which-a-one thither-from they-be-watered-of all the-ones housing-down-unto to-a-Baituluoa, and it-shall-have-sectioned-up to-them, the-one a-thirstedness, and they-shall-give-out to-the-one to-a-city of-them; and we and the-one a-people of-us we-shall-step-up upon to-the-ones to-nigh-belonged to-crests of-the-ones of-jutteednesses; and we-shall-cast-in-beside upon unto-them into to-a-guardery-before of-the-one lest to-have-had-came-out out of-the-one of-a-city to-a-man to-one.

7:13 διοτι] οτι ℵ | κατοικουντες] ενοικουντες ℵ | εκδωσουσιν ℵ A |αυταις] αυτας ℵ | προφυλακην] pr την ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:14 καὶ τακήσονται ἐν τῷ λιμῷ αὐτοὶ καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ τέκνα αὐτῶν, καὶ πρὶν ἐλθεῖν τὴν ῥομφαίαν ἐπ' αὐτοὺς καταστρωθήσονται ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις τῆς οἰκήσεως αὐτῶν·

And they-shall-have-been-melted in unto-the-one unto-a-famine them and the-ones women of-them and the-ones creationees of-them, and ere to-have-had-came to-the-one to-a-sabre upon to-them they-shall-be-en-strewed-down in unto-the-ones unto-broad of-the-one of-a-housing of-them;

7:14 πλατιαις A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:15 καὶ ἀνταποδώσεις αὐτοῖς ἀνταπόδομα πονηρὸν ἀνθ' ὧν ἐστασίασαν καὶ οὐκ ἀπήντησαν τῷ προσώπῳ σου ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

and thou-shall-ever-a-one-give-off unto-them to-an-ever-a-one-giving-off-to to-en-necessitated ever-a-one of-which they-stand-belonged-to and not they-off-ever-a-oned-unto unto-the-one unto-looked-toward of-thee in unto-a-joinifying.

7:15 ουκ απηντησαν] ουχ υπνητ. A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:16 Καὶ ἤρεσαν οἱ λόγοι αὐτῶν ἐνώπιον Ὀλοφέρνου καὶ ἐνώπιον πάντων τῶν θεραπόντων αὐτοῦ, καὶ συνέταξε ποιεῖν καθὰ ἐλάλησαν.

And they-pleased, the-ones forthees of-them, to-in-look-belonged of-an-Olofernês and to-in-look-belonged of-all of-the-ones of-ministers of-it, and it-arranged-together to-do-unto down-to-which they-spoke-unto.

7:16 αυτων] αυτου A | Ολεφερνους ℵ | συνεταξεν ℵ A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:17 καὶ ἀπῆρεν παρεμβολὴ υἱῶν Ἀμμών, καὶ μετ' αὐτῶν χιλιάδες πέντε υἱῶν Ἀσσούρ, καὶ παρενέβαλον ἐν τῷ αὐλῶνι καὶ προκατελάβοντο τὰ ὕδατα καὶ τὰς πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ.

And it-lifted-off, a-casting-in-beside of-sons of-an-Ammôn, and with of-them thousands five of-sons of-an-Assour, and they-had-casted-in-beside in unto-the-one unto-a-channeling and they-had-taken-down-before to-the-ones to-waters and to-the-ones to-pitchings of-the-ones of-waters of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl.

7:17 απηραν παρεμβολην A | προκατελαβον ℵ

[appendix] χειλιαδες B*ℵ A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:18 καὶ ἀνέβησαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἠσαὺ καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ Ἀμμών, καὶ παρενέβαλον ἐν τῇ ὀρινῇ ἀπέναντι Δωθάειμ, καὶ ἀπέστειλαν ἐξ αὐτῶν πρὸς νότον καὶ ἀπηλιώτην ἀπέναντι Ἐγρεβὴλ ἥ ἐστιν πλησίον Χοὺς ἥ ἐστιν ἐπὶ τοῦ χειμάρρου Μοχμούρ· καὶ ἡ λοιπὴ στρατεία τῶν Ἀσσυρίων παρενέβαλον ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ καὶ ἐκάλυψαν πᾶν τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς, καὶ αἱ σκηναὶ καὶ αἱ ἀπαρτίαι αὐτῶν κατεστρατοπέδευσαν ἐν ὄχλῳ πολλῷ καὶ ἦσαν εἰς πλῆθος πολὺ σφόδρα.

And they-had-stepped-up, the-ones sons of-an-Êsau and the-ones sons of-an-Ammôn, and they-had-casted-in-beside in unto-the-one unto-jutted-belonged-to off-in-ever-a-one of-a-Dôthaeim, and they-set-off out of-them toward to-a-tropic and to-a-sun-belonger-off off-in-ever-a-one of-an-Egrebêl which it-be to-nigh-belonged of-a-Chous which it-be upon of-the-one of-pour-flowed of-a-Mochmour; and the-one remaindered an-amassing-of of-the-ones of-Assur-belonged they-had-casted-in-beside in unto-the-one unto-a-footinglet and they-shrouded to-all the-one to-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-soil, and the-ones tentings and the-ones adjustings-off-unto of-them they-foot-amassed-down-of in unto-a-crowd unto-much and they-were into to-a-repleteedness to-much to-vehemented.

Note: to-a-sun-belonger-off : used to refer to the east [wind].

[appendix] χιμαρρου B* (χειμ. Bab) ℵ | παιδιω A | κατεστρατοπαιδευσαν ℵ A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:19 καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ ἀνεβόησαν πρὸς Κύριον θεὸν αὐτῶν, ὅτι ὠλιγοψύχησεν τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτῶν, ὅτι ἐκύκλωσαν πάντες οἱ ἐχθροὶ αὐτῶν καὶ οὐκ ἦν διαφυγεῖν ἐκ μέσου αὐτῶν.

And the-ones sons of-an-Israêl they-up-hollered-unto toward to-Authority-belonged to-a-Deity of-them, to-which-a-one it-little-breathed-unto, the-one a-currenting-to of-them, to-which-a-one they-en-circled, all the-ones en-enmitied of-them, and not it-was to-have-had-fled-through out of-middle of-them.

7:19 θεον] pr τον ℵ | εκυκλωσαν] + αυτους A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:20 καὶ ἔμεινεν κύκλῳ αὐτῶν πᾶσα παρεμβολὴ Ἀσσούρ, οἱ πεζοὶ καὶ ἅρματα καὶ οἱ ἱππεῖς αὐτῶν, ἡμέρας τριάκοντα τέσσαρας· καὶ ἐξέλειπεν πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας Βαιτυλουὰ πάντα τὰ ἀγγεῖα αὐτῶν τῶν ὑδάτων,

And it-stayed unto-a-circle of-them, all a-casting-in-beside of-an-Assour, the-ones afoot and liftings-along-to and the-ones horsers-of of-them, to-dayednesses to-thirty to-four; and it-was-remaindering-out to-all to-the-ones to-housing-down-unto to-a-Baituloua, all the-ones leadeelets-of of-them of-the-ones of-waters,

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:21 καὶ οἱ λάκκοι ἐξεκενοῦντο, καὶ οὐκ εἶχον πεῖν εἰς πλησμονὴν ὕδωρ ἡμέραν μίαν, ὅτι ἐν μέτρῳ ἐδίδοσαν αὐτοῖς πεῖν.

and the-ones reservoirs they-were-being-en-emptied-out, and not they-were-holding to-have-had-drank into to-a-repleted-staying to-a-water to-a-dayedness to-one, to-which-a-one in unto-a-measure they-were-giving unto-them to-have-had-drank.

Note: to-have-had-drank {both} : PEIN in 03* : PIEIN in 01 02 03C1 03C2 is correct; for some reason Swete held to the erroneous form in 03.

7:21 πειν B* bis (πιειν Ba?b ℵ A [πειειν 1°])

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:22 καὶ ἠθύμησεν τὰ νήπια αὐτῶν, καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες καὶ οἱ νεανίσκοι ἐξέλιπον ἀπὸ τῆς δίψης, καὶ ἔπιπτον ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις τῆς πόλεως καὶ ἐν ταῖς διόδοις τῶν πυλῶν, καὶ οὐκ ἦν κραταίωσις ἔτι ἐν αὐτοῖς.

And it-un-passioned-unto, the-ones non-word-belonged of-them, and the-ones women and the-ones new-belongings-of they-had-remaindered-out off of-the-one of-a-thirstedness, and they-were-falling in unto-the-ones unto-broad of-the-one of-a-city and in unto-the-ones unto-ways-through of-the-ones of-gates, and not it-was an-en-secure-belonging if-to-a-one in unto-them.

Note: non-word-belonged : used to refer to unlearned in words, to baby talk, to infants, etc.

7:22 ηθυμησαν ℵc.a | εξελειπον A | πυλων] οδων ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:23 Καὶ ἐπισυνήχθησαν πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ἐπὶ Ὀζείαν καὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας τῆς πόλεως, οἱ νεανίσκοι καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες καὶ τὰ παιδία, καὶ ἀνεβόησαν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ καὶ εἶπαν ἐναντίον τῶν πρεσβυτέρων

And they-were-led-together-upon all the-one a-people upon to-an-Ozeias and to-the-ones to-firsting of-the-one of-a-city, the-ones new-belongings-of and the-ones women and the-ones childlets, and they-up-hollered-unto unto-a-sound unto-great and they-said to-ever-a-oned-in of-the-ones of-more-eldered,

7:23 Οζιαν BbA | τους αρχ.] pr επι ℵ | om και 5° ℵ | ανεβοησαν] εβοησαν A | των πρεσβ.] pr παντων ℵ A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:24 Κρίναι ὁ θεὸς ἀνὰ μέσον ὑμῶν καὶ ἡμῶν, ὅτι ἐποιήσατε ἐν ἡμῖν ἀδικίαν μεγάλην οὐ λαλήσαντες εἰρηνικὰ μετὰ υἱῶν Ἀσσούρ.

It-may-have-separated, the-one a-Deity, up to-middle of-ye and of-us, to-which-a-one ye-did-unto in unto-us to-an-un-coursing-unto to-great not having-spoken-unto to-joinify-belonged-of with of-sons of-an-Assour.

7:24 ημων και υμων A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:25 καὶ νῦν οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ βοηθὸς ἡμῶν, ἀλλὰ πέπρακεν ἡμᾶς ὁ θεὸς εἰς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν τοῦ καταστρωθῆναι ἐναντίον αὐτῶν ἐν δίψῃ καὶ ἀπωλίᾳ μεγάλῃ.

And now not it-be the-one holler-ran of-us, other it-had-come-to-en-acrossate to-us, the-one a-Deity, into to-the-ones to-hands of-them of-the-one to-have-been-en-strewed-down to-ever-a-oned-in of-them in unto-a-thirstedness and unto-a-destructing-off-unto unto-great.

7:25 ο βοηθος] ο βοηθων ℵ βοηθος A | ημων] ημιν ℵ | απωλεια BabA

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:26 καὶ νῦν ἐπικαλέσασθε αὐτοὺς καὶ ἔκδοσθε τὴν πόλιν πᾶσαν εἰς προνομὴν τῷ λαῷ Ὀλοφέρνου καὶ πάσῃ τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ.

And now ye-should-have-called-upon-unto to-them and ye-should-have-had-given-out to-the-one to-a-city to-all into to-a-parceleeing-before unto-the-one unto-a-people of-an-Olofernês and unto-all unto-the-one unto-an-ability of-it.

7:26 Ολοφερνους ℵ

[appendix] επικαλεσασθαι B* (-σθε Bab) A | εκδοσθαι A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:27 κρεῖσσον γὰρ ἡμῖν γενηθῆναι αὐτοῖς εἰς διαρπαγήν· ἐσόμεθα γὰρ εἰς δούλους καὶ ζήσεται ἡ ψυχὴ ἡμῶν, καὶ οὐκ ὀψόμεθα τὸν θάνατον τῶν νηπίων ἡμῶν ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας καὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν ἐκλειπούσας τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν.

More-securinged-of too-thus unto-us to-have-been-became unto-them into to-a-snatching-through; we-shall-be too-thus into to-bondees and it-shall-life-unto, the-one a-breathing of-us, and not we-shall-behold to-the-one to-a-death of-the-ones of-non-word-belonged of-us in unto-eyes of-us and to-the-ones to-women and to-the-ones to-creationees of-us to-remaindering-out to-the-ones to-breathings of-them.

Note: of-non-word-belonged : used to refer to unlearned in words, to baby talk, to infants, etc.

7:27 ημιν] ημας ℵ A | ημων 1°] υμων ℵ* (ημ. ℵa.b vid) | ουχ οψ. A | om εν οφθαλμοις ημων A | εκλιπουσας ℵ

[appendix] κρισσον A | ουχ A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:28 μαρτυρόμεθα ὑμῖν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ τὸν θεὸν ἡμῶν καὶ κύριον τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, ὃς ἐκδικεῖ ἡμᾶς κατὰ τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν καὶ κατὰ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, ἵνα μὴ ποιήσῃ κατὰ τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ σήμερον.

We-witness unto-ye to-the-one to-a-sky and to-the-one to-a-soil and to-the-one to-a-Deity of-us and to-Authority-belonged of-the-ones of-fathers of-us, which it-courseth-out-unto to-us down to-the-ones to-un-adjustings-along-unto of-us and down to-the-ones to-un-adjustings-along-to of-the-ones of-fathers of-us, so lest it-might-have-done-unto down to-the-ones to-utterings-to to-the-ones-these in unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one this-day.

7:28 μαρτυρομεθα] διαμαρτ. ℵ | ος] ως ℵ | om μη ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:29 καὶ ἐγένετο κλαυθμὸς μέγας ἐν μέσῳ τῆς ἐκκλησίας πάντων ὁμοθυμαδόν, καὶ ἐβόησαν πρὸς Κύριον τὸν θεὸν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ.

And it-had-became a-sobbing-of great in unto-middle of-the-one of-a-calling-out-unto of-all passioned-along, and they-hollered-unto toward to-Authority-belonged to-the-one to-a-Deity unto-a-sound unto-great.

7:29 τον θεον] om τον A

[appendix] εμμεσω ℵ A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:30 καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς Ὀζείας Θαρσεῖτε, ἀδελφοί, διακαρτερήσωμεν ἔτι πέντε ἡμέρας ἐν αἷς ἐπιστρέψει Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ ἐφ' ἡμᾶς, οὐ γὰρ ἐγκαταλείψει ἡμᾶς εἰς τέλος·

And it-had-said toward to-them, an-Ozeias, Ye-should-brave-unto, Brethrened, we-might-have-more-secured-through-unto if-to-a-one to-five to-dayednesses in unto-which it-shall-beturn-upon, Authority-belonged the-one a-Deity of-us, to-the-one to-a-besectionateedness of-it upon to-us, not too-thus it-shall-remainder-down-in to-us into to-a-finisheedness;

Note: to-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

[appendix] ελαιος A | εγκαταλιψει B* (-λειψ. Bab) ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:31 ἐὰν δὲ διέλθωσιν αὗται καὶ μὴ ἔλθῃ ἐφ' ἡμᾶς βοήθεια, ποιήσω κατὰ τὰ ῥήματα ὑμῶν.

if-ever then-also they-might-have-had-came-through, the-ones-these, and lest it-might-have-had-came upon to-us, a-holler-running-of, I-shall-do-unto down to-the-ones to-utterings-to of-ye.

7:31 om δε A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 7:32 καὶ ἐσκόρπισεν τὸν λαὸν εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ παρεμβολήν, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τείχη καὶ τοὺς πύργους τῆς πόλεως αὐτῶν ἀπῆλθον, καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας καὶ τὰ τέκνα εἰς τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν ἀπέστειλεν· καὶ ἦσαν ἐν ταπεινώσει πολλῇ ἐν τῇ πόλει.

And it-scattered-to to-the-one to-a-people into to-the-one of-self to-a-casting-in-beside, and upon to-the-ones to-lineationeednesses and to-the-ones to-towers of-the-one of-a-city of-them they-had-came-off, and to-the-ones to-women and to-the-ones to-creationees into to-the-ones to-houses of-them it-set-off; and they-were in unto-an-en-lowed-belonging-to unto-much in unto-the-one unto-a-city.

7:32 παρεμβολην] pr πολιν A | τους πυργους] pr επι A | bis scr οικους A*vid (ras 1° A?) | αυτων 2°] εαυτων ℵ | απεστειλαν ℵc.aA

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:1 Καὶ ἤκουσεν ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἰουδεὶθ θυγάτηρ Μεραρεὶ υἱοῦ Ὢξ υἱοῦ Ἰωσὴφ υἱοῦ Ὀζειὴλ υἱοῦ Ἑλκειὰ υἱοῦ Ἠλειοὺ υἱοῦ Χελκείου υἱοῦ Ἐλιὰβ υἱοῦ Ναθαναὴλ υἱοῦ Σαλαμιὴλ υἱοῦ Σαρασαδαὶ υἱοῦ Ἰσραήλ.

And it-heard in unto-the-ones-thither unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses, an-Ioudeith a-daughter of-a-Merarei of-a-son of-an-Ôx of-a-son of-an-Iôsêf of-a-son of-an-Ozeiêl of-a-son of-a-Helkeia of-a-son of-an-Êleias of-a-son of-a-Chelkias of-a-son of-an-Eliab of-a-son of-a-Nathanaêl of-a-son of-a-Salamiêl of-a-son of-a-Sarasadai of-a-son of-an-Israêl.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:2 καὶ ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς Μανασσῆς τῆς φυλῆς αὐτῆς καὶ τῆς πατριᾶς αὐτῆς· καὶ ἀπέθανεν ἐν ἡμέραις θερισμοῦ κριθῶν.

And the-one a-man of-it a-Manassês of-the-one of-a-tribing of-it and of-the-one of-a-fathering-unto of-it; and it-had-died-off in unto-dayednesses of-a-summering-to-of of-barlies.

8:2 της φυλης] pr εκ ℵ | κριθων θερισμου A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:3 ἐπέστη γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῦ δεσμεύοντος τὸ δράγμα ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ, καὶ ὁ καύσων ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὴν κλίνην καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν ἐν Βαιτυλουὰ τῇ πόλει αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔθαψαν αὐτὸν μετὰ τῶν πατέρων αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ τῷ ἀνὰ μέσον Δωθάειμ καὶ Βαλαμών.

It-had-stood-upon too-thus upon of-the-one of-bindeeing-of to-the-one to-a-grasping-to in unto-the-one unto-a-footinglet, and the-one an-en-burning it-had-came upon to-the-one to-a-head of-it, and it-had-fallen upon to-the-one to-a-clining and it-finished-together-of-unto in unto-a-Baituloua unto-the-one unto-a-city of-it, and they-burialed to-it with of-the-ones of-fathers of-it in unto-the-one unto-a-field unto-the-one up to-middle of-a-Dôthaeim and of-a-Balamôn.

8:3 τους δεσμευοντας τα δραγματα ℵ A | om και επεσεν επι την κλινην ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | κλινην] + αυτου ℵc.aA | Βαιτουλουα ℵ

[appendix] παιδιω A | κλεινην B

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:4 καὶ ἦν Ἰουδεὶθ ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτῆς χηρεύουσα ἔτη τρία καὶ μῆνας τέσσαρες.

And it-was an-Ioudeith in unto-the-one unto-a-house of-it bereaving-of to-yeareednesses to-three and to-months to-four.

Note: Judith married at 14 yrs. old, and her husband Manasses died in the first yeareedness of their marriage, before having any children, making Judith 17 yrs. old here.

8:4 τεσσαρες] δ´ ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:5 καὶ ἐποίησεν αὐτῇ σκηνὴν ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος τοῦ οἴκου αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐπέθηκεν ἐπὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτῆς σάκκον, καὶ ἦν ἐπ' αὐτῆς τὰ ἱμάτια τῆς χηρεύσεως αὐτῆς.

And it-did-unto unto-itself to-a-tenting upon of-the-one of-a-building-to of-the-one of-a-house of-it, and it-placed-upon upon to-the-one to-a-loin of-it to-a-burlap, and it-was upon of-it the-one apparelets of-the-one of-a-bereaving of-it.

Note: unto-itself : Swete accentuates this as unto-it.

8:5 αυτη] εαυτη ℵ A | αυτης 3°] αυτη ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:6 καὶ ἐνήστευε πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς χηρεύσεως αὐτῆς χωρὶς προσαββάτων καὶ σαββάτων καὶ προνουμηνιῶν καὶ καὶ ἑορτῶν καὶ χαρμοσυνῶν οἴκου Ἰσραήλ.

And it-was-non-eating-of to-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses of-the-one of-a-bereaving of-it of-spaced of-sabbaths-before and of-sabbaths and of-new-monthings-before-unto and of-festivals and of-joyingednesses of-a-house of-an-Israêl.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:7 καὶ ἦν καλὴ τῷ εἴδει καὶ ὡραία τῇ ὄψει σφόδρα· καὶ ὑπελείπετο αὐτῇ Μανασσῆς ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς χρυσίον καὶ ἀργύριον καὶ παῖδας καὶ παιδίσκας καὶ κτήνη καὶ ἀγρούς, καὶ ἔμενεν ἐπ' αὐτῶν.

And it-was seemly unto-the-one unto-a-sighteedness and hour-belonged unto-the-one unto-a-beholding to-vehemented; and it-had-remaindered-under unto-it, a-Manassês the-one a-man of-it, to-a-goldlet and to-a-silverlet and to-children and to-child-belongings-of and to-befoundeednesses and to-fields, and it-was-staying upon of-them.

Note: to-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

8:7 υπελιπετο ℵ | ο ανηρ αυτης Μ. ℵ | εμεινεν ℵ* (εμενεν ℵc.a) A

[appendix] οψι A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:8 καὶ οὐκ ἦν ὃς ἐπήνεγκεν αὐτῇ ῥῆμα πονηρόν, ὅτι ἐφοβεῖτο τὸν θεὸν σφόδρα.

And not it-was which it-beared-upon unto-it to-an-uttering-to to-en-necessitated, to-which-a-one it-was-feareeing-unto to-the-one to-a-Deity to-vehemented.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:9 Καὶ ἤκουσεν ῥήματα τοῦ λαοῦ τὰ πονηρὰ ἐπὶ τὸν ἄρχοντα, ὅτι ὠλιγοψύχησαν ἐπὶ τῇ σπάνει τῶν ὑδάτων· καὶ ἤκουσεν πάντας τοὺς λόγους Ἰουδεὶθ οὓς ἐλάλησεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς Ὀζείας, ὃς ὤμοσεν αὐτοῖς παραδώσειν τὴν πόλιν μετὰ ἡμέρας πέντε τοῖς Ἀσσυρίοις.

And it-heard to-utterings-to of-the-one of-a-people to-the-ones to-en-necessitated upon to-the-one to-firsting, to-which-a-one they-little-breathed-unto upon unto-the-one unto-a-scarcing of-the-ones of-waters; and it-heard to-all to-the-ones to-forthees, an-Ioudeith, to-which it-spoke-unto toward to-them, an-Ozeias, which it-en-oathed unto-them to-have-had-given-beside to-the-one to-a-city with to-dayednesses to-five unto-the-ones unto-Assur-belonged.

Note: to-utterings-to in 03* : pr to-the-ones in 01 02 03C1 03C2.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:10 καὶ ἀποστείλασα τὴν ἅβραν αὐτῆς τὴν ἐφεστῶσαν πᾶσιν τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν αὐτῆς ἐκάλεσεν Χάβρειν καὶ Χάρμειν τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῆς πόλεως αὐτῆς.

And having-set-off to-the-one to-a-vassal of-it to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-stand-upon unto-all unto-the-ones unto-firsting-under of-it it-called-unto to-a-Chabrein and to-a-Charmein to-the-ones to-more-eldered of-the-one of-a-city of-it.

8:10 αυτης 2°] αυτη ℵ* (-της ℵc.a) | Χαβρειμ A | Χαρμιν A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:11 καὶ ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτήν· καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς Ἀκούσατε δή μου, ἄρχοντες τῶν κατοικούντων ἐν Βαιτυλουά· ὅτι οὐκ εὐθὴς ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν ὃν ἐλαλήσατε ἐναντίον τοῦ λαοῦ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ, καὶ ἐστήσατε τὸν ὅρκον ὃν ἐλαλήσατε ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ὑμῶν, καὶ εἴπατε ἐκδώσειν τὴν πόλιν τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ἡμῶν ἐὰν μὴ ἐν αὐταῖς ἐπιστρέψῃ ὁ κύριος βοήθειαν ὑμῖν.

And they-had-came toward to-it; and it-had-said toward to-them, Ye-should-have-heard then of-me, Firsting of-the-ones of-housing-down-unto in unto-a-Baituloua; to-which-a-one not goodly-placinged the-one a-forthee of-ye to-which ye-spoke-unto to-ever-a-oned-in of-the-one of-a-people in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-this, and ye-stood to-the-one to-a-fencee to-to-which ye-spoke-unto up to-middle of-the-one of-a-Deity and of-ye, and ye-said to-have-had-given-out to-the-one to-a-city unto-the-ones unto-en-enmitied of-us if-ever lest in unto-them it-might-have-beturned-upon, the-one Authority-belonged, to-a-holler-running-of unto-ye.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:12 καὶ νῦν τίνες ἐστὲ ὑμεῖς οἳ ἐπειράσατε τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ σήμερον, καὶ ἵστατε ὑπὲρ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν μέσῳ υἱῶν ἀνθρώπων;

And now what-ones ye-be ye which ye-across-belonged-to to-the-one to-a-Deity in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one this-day, and ye-stand over of-the-one of-a-Deity in unto-middle of-sons of-mankinds?

8:12 ιστατε (ισταται B)] ιστασθε ℵc.a

[appendix] εσται A | ισταται B | εμμεσω B* (εν μεσω Bb) A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:13 καὶ νῦν Κύριον Παντοκράτορα ἐξετάζετε, καὶ οὐθὲν ἐπιγνώσεσθε ἕως τοῦ αἰῶνος·

And now to-Authority-belonged to-an-All-Securer ye-out-test-to, and to-not-from-one ye-shall-acquaint-upon unto-if-which of-the-one of-an-age;

8:13 [appendix] επιγνωσεσθαι A (item 14)

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:14 ὅτι βάθος καρδίας ἀνθρώπου οὐχ εὑρήσετε, καὶ λόγους τῆς διανοίας αὐτοῦ οὐ διαλήψεσθε· καὶ πῶς τὸν θεὸν ὃς ἐποίησεν τὰ πάντα ταῦτα ἐρευνήσετε, καὶ τὸν νοῦν αὐτοῦ ἐπιγνώσεσθε, καὶ τὸν λογισμὸν αὐτοῦ κατανοήσετε; μηδαμῶς, ἀδελφοί, μὴ παροργίζετε Κύριον θεὸν ἡμῶν.

to-which-a-one to-a-deepeedness of-a-heart of-a-mankind not ye-shall-find, and to-forthees of-the-one of-an-en-mulling-through-unto of-it not ye-shall-take-through; and unto-whither to-the-one to-a-Deity which it-did-unto to-the-ones to-all to-the-ones-these ye-shall-search-unto, and to-the-one to-an-en-mulling-of of-it ye-shall-acquaint-upon, and to-the-one to-a-fortheeing-to-of of-it ye-shall-en-mull-down-unto? Unto-lest-then-also-any, Brethrened, lest ye-should-stress-beside-to to-Authority-belonged to-a-Deity of-us;

[appendix] ευρησεται A | διαλημψεσθαι A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:15 ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ βούληται ἐν ταῖς πέντε ἡμέραις βοηθῆσαι ἡμῖν, αὐτὸς ἔχει τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἐν αἷς θέλει σκεπάσαι ἡμέραις, ἢ καὶ ὀλεθρεῦσαι ἡμᾶς πρὸ προσώπου τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν.

to-which-a-one if-ever lest it-might-purpose in unto-the-ones unto-five unto-dayednesses to-have-holler-ran-unto unto-us, it it-holdeth to-the-one to-a-being-out-unto in unto-which it-determineth to-have-covered-to unto-dayednesses, or and to-have-destructed-of to-us before of-looked-toward of-the-ones of-en-enmitied of-us.

8:15 σκεπασαι] και πασαις A | ολοθρ. Bb

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:16 ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ ἐνεχυράζετε τὰς βουλὰς Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν, ὅτι οὐχ ὡς ἄνθρωπος ὁ θεὸς ἀπειληθῆναι οὐδ' ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου διαιτηθῆναι.

Ye then-also lest ye-should-in-posit-to to-the-ones to-purposings of-Authority-belonged of-the-one of-a-Deity of-us, to-which-a-one not as a-mankind the-one a-Deity to-have-been-poised-off-unto not-then-also as a-son of-a-mankind to-have-been-appealed-through-unto;

8:16 υμεις] ημεις A | ουδ] ουδε A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:17 διόπερ ἀναμένοντες τὴν παρ' αὐτοῦ σωτηρίαν ἐπικαλεσώμεθα αὐτὸν εἰς βοήθειαν ἡμῶν, καὶ εἰσακούσεται τῆς φωνῆς ἡμῶν, ἐὰν ἦν αὐτῷ ἀρεστόν.

through-to-which-very staying-up to-the-one beside of-it to-a-savioring-unto we-might-have-called-upon-unto to-it into to-a-holler-running-of of-us, and it-shall-hear-into of-the-one of-a-sound of-us, if-ever it-was unto-it pleasable;

8:17 αναμενοντες] ε 2° inst ℵc.a | επικαλεσομεθα A | βοηθιαν A | ην] η ℵ A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:18 ὅτι οὐκ ἀνέστη ἐν ταῖς γενεαῖς ἡμῶν οὐδὲ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ σήμερον οὔτε φυλὴ οὔτε πατριὰ οὔτε δῆμος οὔτε πόλις ἐξ ἡμῶν οἳ προσκυνοῦσι θεοῖς χειροποιήτοις, καθάπερ ἐγένετο ἐν ταῖς πρότερον ἡμέραις·

to-which-a-one not it-had-stood-up in unto-the-ones unto-becomednesses of-us not-then-also it-be in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one this-day not-also a-tribing not-also a-fathering-unto not-also a-locality not-also a-city out of-us which they-kiss-toward-unto unto-deities unto-hand-doable, down-to-which-very it-had-became in unto-the-ones to-more-before unto-dayednesses;

8:18 ουτε πολις ουτε δημος ℵ

[appendix] πολεις A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:19 ὧν χάριν ἐδόθησαν εἰς ῥομφαίαν καὶ εἰς διαρπαγὴν οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν, καὶ ἔπεσον πτῶμα μέγα ἐνώπιον τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν.

of-which to-a-granting they-were-given into to-a-sabre and into to-a-snatching-through, the-ones fathers of-us, and they-had-fallen to-an-en-falling-to to-great to-in-look-belonged of-the-ones of-en-enmitied of-us.

8:19 επεσαν ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:20 ἡμεῖς δὲ ἕτερον θεὸν οὐκ ἔγνωμεν πλὴν αὐτοῦ· ὅθεν ἐλπίζομεν ὅτι οὐχ ὑπερόψεται ἡμᾶς οὐδ' ἀπὸ τοῦ γένους ἡμῶν.

We then-also to-different to-a-Deity not we-had-acquainted to-beyond of-it; which-from we-drove-suree-to to-which-a-one not it-shall-behold-over to-us not-then-also off of-the-one of-a-becomeedness of-us;

8:20 επεγνωμεν] εγνωμεν ℵ A | ουδ] ουδε ℵ ουτε A | του γενους] του (το ℵc.a vid) εθνους ℵ

[appendix] υπεροψαιται A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:21 ὅτι ἐν τῷ λημφθῆναι ἡμᾶς οὕτως καὶ καθήσεται πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ προνομευθήσεται τὰ ἅγια ἡμῶν, καὶ ζητήσει τὴν βεβήλωσιν αὐτῶν ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος ἡμῶν,

to-which-a-one in unto-the-one to-have-been-taken-to-us unto-the-one-this and it-shall-sit-down all the-one an-Ioudaia, and it-shall-be-parceleed-before-of the-ones hallow-belonged of-us, and it-shall-seek-unto to-the-one to-an-en-step-stepping-of of-them out of-the-one of-a-rushering-to of-us,

Note: to-an-en-step-stepping-of : used to refer to a person overstepping what is allowable.

8:21-22 ματος ημων . . . αδελφων υ (sic) in mg et sup ras Aa? (om και τον φον. τ. αδ. ημ. A*)

8:21 ημων 2°] παντων ℵ | ζητησει] εκζητησει ℵ A + κς̅ ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:22 καὶ τὸν φόνον τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν καὶ τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν τῆς γῆς καὶ τὴν ἐρήμωσιν τῆς κληρονομίας ἡμῶν ἐπιστρέψει εἰς κεφαλὴν ἡμῶν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν οὗ ἐὰν δουλεύσωμεν ἐκεῖ, καὶ ἐσόμεθα εἰς πρόσκομμα καὶ εἰς ὄνειδος ἐναντίον τῶν κτωμένων ἡμᾶς.

and to-the-one to-a-slayee of-the-ones of-brethrened of-us and to-the-one to-a-spear-capturing-unto of-the-one of-a-soil and to-the-one to-an-en-solituding of-the-one of-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-us it-shall-beturn-upon into to-a-head of-us in unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to of-which if-ever we-might-have-bondeed-of thither, and we-shall-be into to-a-felling-toward-to and into to-a-name-sighteedness to-ever-a-oned-in of-the-ones of-befounding-unto to-us;

8:21-22 ματος ημων . . . αδελφων υ (sic) in mg et sup ras Aa? (om και τον φον. τ. αδ. ημ. A*)

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:23 ὅτι οὐ κατευθυνθήσεται ἡ δουλεία ἡμῶν εἰς χάριν, ἀλλ' εἰς ἀτιμίαν θήσει αὐτὴν Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν.

to-which-a-one not it-shall-be-straightened-down the-one a-bondeeing-of of-us into to-a-granting, other into to-an-un-valuating-unto it-shall-place to-it, Authority-belonged the-one a-Deity of-us.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:24 καὶ νῦν, ἀδελφοί, ἐπιδειξώμεθα τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἡμῶν, ὅτι ἐξ ἡμῶν κρέμαται ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτῶν, καὶ τὰ ἅγια καὶ ὁ οἶκος καὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον ἐπεστήρισται ἐφ' ἡμῖν.

And now, Brethrened, we-might-have-en-showed-upon unto-the-ones unto-brethrened of-us, to-which-a-one out of-us it-be-hanged-unto the-one a-breathing of-them, and the-ones hallow-belonged and the-one a-house and the-one a-surgerlet it-had-come-to-be-stablished-upon-to upon unto-us.

8:24 ημων 1°] αυτων ℵ* (ημ. ℵc.a) | επεστηρισται] επιστηρισαι A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:25 παρὰ ταῦτα πάντα εὐχαριστήσωμεν Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ ἡμῶν, ὃς πειράζει ἡμᾶς καθὰ καὶ τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν.

Beside to-the-ones-these to-all we-might-have-goodly-granted-unto unto-Authority-belonged unto-the-one unto-a-Deity of-us, which it-across-belongeth-to to-us down-to-which and to-the-ones to-fathers of-us.

8:25 παρα] δια ℵc.a | παντα ταυτα ℵ om παντα A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:26 μνήσθητε ὅσα ἐποίησεν μετὰ Ἀβραάμ, καὶ ὅσα ἐπείρασεν τὸν Ἰσαάκ, καὶ ὅσα ἐγένετο τῷ Ἰακὼβ ἐν Μεσοποταμίᾳ τῆς Συρίας ποιμαίνοντι τὰ πρόβατα Λαβὰν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ.

Ye-should-have-been-memoried-unto to-which-a-which it-did-unto with of-an-Abraam, and to-which-a-which it-across-belonged-to to-the-one to-an-Isaak, and to-which-a-which it-had-became unto-the-one unto-an-Iakôb in unto-a-Mesopotama of-the-one of-a-Suria unto-shepherding to-the-ones to-stepped-before of-a-Laban of-the-one of-brethrened of-the-one of-a-mother of-it;

8:26 Ισακ B* (Ισαακ Ba?c.a(vid)) | ποιμαινοντι] ποιμενοντος ℵ ποιμαινοντος αυτου A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:27 ὅτι οὐ καθὼς ἐκείνους ἐπύρωσεν εἰς ἐτασμὸν τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν, καὶ ἡμᾶς οὐκ ἐξεδίκησεν, ἀλλ' εἰς νουθέτησιν μαστιγοῖ Κύριος τοὺς ἐγγίζοντας αὐτῷ.

to-which-a-one not down-as to-the-ones-thither it-en-fired into to-a-testing-to-of of-the-one of-a-heart of-them, and to-us not it-coursed-out-unto, other into to-an-en-mulling-of-en-placing it-en-thrasheth, Authority-belonged, to-the-ones to-nearing-to unto-it.

8:27 της καρδιας] om της ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

[appendix] μαστειγοι B* (μαστιγ. Bb)

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:28 Καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτὴν Ὀζείας Πάντα ὅσα εἶπας ἀγαθῇ καρδίᾳ ἐλάλησας, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ὃς ἀντιστήσεται τοῖς λόγοις σου.

And it-had-said toward to-it, an-Ozeias, To-all to-which-a-which thou-said unto-excess-placed unto-a-heart thou-spoke-unto, and not it-be which it-shall-ever-a-one-stand unto-the-ones unto-forthees of-thee;

8:28 αγαθη] pr εν ℵ A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:29 ὅτι οὐκ ἐν τῇ σήμερον ἡ σοφία σου πρόδηλός ἐστιν, ἀλλ' ἀπ' ἀρχῆς ἡμερῶν σου ἔγνω πᾶς ὁ λαὸς τὴν σύνεσίν σου, καθότι ἀγαθόν ἐστιν τὸ πλάσμα τῆς καρδίας σου.

to-which-a-one not in unto-the-one this-day the-one a-wisdoming-unto of-thee distincted-before it-be, other off of-a-firsting of-dayednesses of-thee it-had-acquainted, all the-one a-people, to-the-one to-a-sending-together of-thee, down-to-which-a-one excess-placed it-be the-one a-fashioning-to of-the-one of-a-heart of-thee;

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:30 ἀλλὰ ὁ λαὸς ἐδίψησεν σφόδρα, καὶ ἠνάγκασαν ποιῆσαι ἡμᾶς καθὰ ἐλαλήσαμεν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐπαγαγεῖν ἐφ' ἡμᾶς ὅρκον ὃν οὐ παραβησόμεθα.

other the-one a-people it-thirsted to-vehemented, and they-up-armed-to to-have-done-unto to-us down-to-which-a-one we-spoke-unto unto-them, and to-have-had-led-upon upon to-us to-a-fencee to-which not we-shall-step-beside.

8:30 εδιψησεν] δεδιψηκεν ℵ A | ηναγκασεν ℵ A | ημας ποιησαι ℵ A | επαγαγειν] επηγαγεν A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:31 καὶ νῦν δεήθητι περὶ ἡμῶν, ὅτι γυνὴ εὐσεβὴς εἶ, καὶ ἀποστελεῖ Κύριος τὸν ὑετὸν εἰς πλήρωσιν τῶν λάκκων ἡμῶν, καὶ οὐκ ἐκλείψομεν ἔτι.

And now thou-should-have-been-binded about of-us, to-which-a-one a-woman goodly-reveringed thou-be, and it-shall-set-off, Authority-belonged, to-the-one to-a-rain into to-an-en-filling of-the-ones of-reservoirs of-us, and not we-shall-remainder-out if-to-a-one.

[appendix] εκλιψομεν ℵ A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:32 καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς Ἰουδείθ Ἀκούσατέ μου, καὶ ποιήσω πρᾶγμα ὃ ἀφίξεται εἰς γενεὰς γενεῶν υἱοῖς τοῦ γένους ἡμῶν.

And it-had-said toward to-them, an-Ioudeith, Ye-should-have-heard of-me, and I-shall-do-unto to-a-practicing-to which it-shall-track-off-unto into to-becomednesses of-becomednesses unto-sons of-the-one of-a-becomeedness of-us.

8:32 υιοις] pr τοις ℵ

[appendix] αφειξεται B* (αφιξ. Bb) ℵ | γεναιων A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:33 ὑμεῖς στήσεσθε ἐπὶ τῆς πύλης τὴν νύκτα ταύτην, καὶ ἐξελεύσομαι ἐγὼ μετὰ τῆς ἅβρας μου, καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις μεθ' ἃς εἴπατε παραδώσειν τὴν πόλιν τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ἡμῶν ἐπισκέψεται Κύριος τὸν Ἰσραὴλ ἐν χειρί μου.

Ye ye-shall-stand upon of-the-one of-a-gate to-the-one to-a-night to-the-one-this, and I-shall-come-out I with of-the-one of-a-vassal of-me, and in unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses with to-which ye-said to-shall-have-given-beside to-the-one to-a-city unto-the-ones unto-en-enmitied of-us it-shall-scout-upon, Authority-belonged, to-the-one to-an-Israêl in unto-a-hand of-me.

8:33 ημεραις] pr έ ℵc.a

[appendix] στησεσθαι A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:34 ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ ἐξερευνήσετε τὴν πρᾶξίν μου, οὐ γὰρ ἐρῶ ὑμῖν ἕως τοῦ τελεσθῆναι ἃ ἐγὼ ποιῶ.

Ye then-also not ye-shall-out-search-unto to-the-one to-a-practice of-me, not too-thus I-shall-utter unto-ye unto-if-which of-the-one to-have-been-finished-unto to-which I I-do-unto.

8:34 εξε|ραυνησεται ℵ εξερευνησατε A | ερω] αναγγελω ℵ A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:35 καὶ εἶπεν Ὀζείας καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες πρὸς αὐτήν Πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην, καὶ Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἔμπροσθέν σου εἰς ἐκδίκησιν τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν.

And it-had-said, an-Ozeias and the-ones firsting, toward to-it, Thou-should-traverse-of into to-a-joinifying, and Authority-belonged the-one a-Deity in-toward-from of-thee into to-a-coursing-out of-the-ones of-en-enmitied of-us.

8:35 ημων] η sup ras Aa? (υμ. A*)

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 8:36 καὶ ἀποστρέψαντες ἐκ τῆς σκηνῆς ἐπορεύθησαν ἐπὶ τὰς διατάξεις αὐτῶν.

And having-beturned-off out of-the-one of-a-tenting they-were-traversed-of upon to-the-ones to-arrangings-through of-them.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 9:1 Ἰουδεὶθ δὲ ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον, καὶ ἐπέθετο σποδὸν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐγύμνωσεν ὃν ἐδεδύκει σάκκον· καὶ ἦν ἄρτι προσφερόμενον ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ θυμίαμα τῆς ἑσπέρας ἐκείνης, καὶ ἐβόησεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ Ἰουδεὶθ πρὸς Κύριον καὶ εἶπεν

An-Ioudeith then-also it-had-fallen upon to-looked-toward, and it-placed-upon to-an-ash upon to-the-one to-a-head of-it, and it-en-stripped to-which it-had-come-to-have-sunk to-a-burlap; and it-was thus-to-a-one being-beared-toward in unto-an-Ierousalêm into to-the-one to-a-house of-the-one of-a-Deity the-one an-incensing-to of-the-one of-a-festival of-the-one-thither, and it-hollered-unto unto-a-sound unto-great, an-Ioudeith, toward to-Authority-belonged and it-had-said,

9:1 επεθετο] εθετο ℵc.a | εδεδυκει] ενδεδυκει ℵ ενεδιδυσκετο A | θεου] κυ̅ A | του θυμιαματος A | φωνην μεγαλην A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 9:2 Κύριε ὁ θεὸς τοῦ πατρός μου Συμεών, ᾧ ἔδωκας ἐν χειρὶ ῥομφαίαν εἰς ἐκδίκησιν ἀλλογενῶν, οἳ ἔλυσαν μήτραν παρθένου εἰς μίασμα καὶ ἐγύμνωσαν μηρὸν εἰς αἰσχύνην καὶ ἐβεβήλωσαν μήτραν εἰς ὄνειδος· εἶπας γάρ Οὐχ οὕτως ἔσται· καὶ ἐποίησαν.

Authority-belonged the-one a-Deity of-the-one of-a-father of-me of-a-Sumeôn, unto-which thou-gave in unto-a-hand to-a-sabre into to-a-coursing-out of-other-becominged, which they-loosed to-an-en-motheredness of-a-maiden into to-a-staining-to and they-en-stripped to-a-thigh into to-a-shamening and they-en-step-stepped-of to-an-en-motheredness into to-a-name-sighteedness; thou-said too-thus, Not unto-the-one-this it-shall-be; and they-did-unto.

Note: to-an-en-motheredness : used to refer to the womb.

Note: they-en-step-stepped-of : used to refer to a person overstepping what is allowable.

9:2-3 εις μιασμα . . . εδωκας sup ras Aa

9:2 παρθενου] παρ sup ras Aa |εγυμνωσαν] + μητραν παρθενου| εις μιασμα B* (om μητραν 1° . . . εγυμνωσαν B1?a? non inst Bb)

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 9:3 ἀνθ' ὧν ἔδωκας ἄρχοντας αὐτῶν εἰς φόνον, καὶ τὴν στρωμνὴν αὐτῶν ἣ ᾐδέσατο τὴν ἀπάτην αὐτῶν ἀπατηθεῖσαν εἰς αἷμα, καὶ ἐπάταξας δούλους ἐπὶ δυνάσταις καὶ δυνάστας ἐπὶ θρόνους αὐτῶν·

Ever-a-one of-which thou-gave to-firsting of-them into to-a-slayee, and to-the-one to-a-strewing of-them, which it-un-sighted-unto to-the-one to-a-delusion of-them, to-having-been-deluded-unto into to-a-rushering-to, and thou-smote to-bondees upon unto-ablers and to-ablers upon to-thrones of-them;

9:2-3 εις μιασμα . . . εδωκας sup ras Aa

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 9:4 καὶ ἔδωκας γυναῖκας αὐτῶν εἰς προνομὴν καὶ θυγατέρας εἰς αἰχμαλωσίαν καὶ πάντα τὰ σκῦλα αὐτῶν εἰς διαίρεσιν υἱῶν ἠγαπημένων ὑπὸ σοῦ, οἳ καὶ ἐζήλωσαν τὸν ζῆλόν σου καὶ ἐβδελύξαντο μίασμα αἵματος αὐτῶν καὶ ἐπεκαλέσαντό σε εἰς βοηθόν· ὁ θεὸς ὁ θεὸς ὁ ἐμός, καὶ εἰσάκουσον ἐμοῦ τῆς χήρας.

and thou-gave to-women of-them into to-a-parceleeing-before and to-daughters into to-a-spear-capturing-unto and to-all to-the-ones to-flayed of-them into to-a-sectioning-along-through of-sons of-having-had-come-to-be-excessed-off-unto under of-thee, which and they-en-craved to-the-one to-a-crave of-thee and they-abhorrered to-a-staining-to of-a-rushering-to of-them and they-called-upon-unto to-thee into to-holler-ran; the-one a-Deity the-one a-Deity the-one of-ME, and thou-should-have-heard-into of-ME of-the-one of-a-bereaved.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 9:5 σὺ γὰρ ἐποίησας τὰ πρότερα ἐκείνων, καὶ ἐκεῖνα καὶ τὰ μετέπειτα καὶ τὰ νῦν καὶ τὰ ἐπερχόμενα διενοήθης, καὶ ἐγενήθησαν ἃ ἐνενοήθης,

Thou too-thus thou-did-unto to-the-ones to-more-before of-the-ones-thither, and to-the-ones-thither and to-the-ones with-upon-if-to-the-ones and to-the-ones now and to-the-ones to-coming-upon thou-was-en-mulled-through-unto, and they-were-became to-which thou-was-en-mulled-in-unto,

9:5 om και 2° ℵ | τα μετεπ.] om τα A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 9:6 καὶ παρέστησαν ἃ ἐβουλεύσω καὶ εἶπαν Ἰδοὺ πάρεσμεν· πᾶσαι γὰρ αἱ ὁδοί σου ἕτοιμοι, καὶ ἡ κρίσις σου ἐν προγνώσει.

and they-had-stood-beside to-which thou-purposed-of and they-said, Thou-should-have-had-seen, we-be-beside; all too-thus the-ones ways of-thee ready, and the-one a-separating of-thee in unto-an-acquainting-before.

Note: ready : the 2 ending Adjective as in Mat 25:10.

9:6 η κρισις] αι κρισεις A

[appendix] αιτοιμοι A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 9:7 ἰδοὺ γὰρ Ἀσσύριοι ἐπληθύνθησαν ἐν δυνάμει αὐτῶν, ὑψώθησαν ἐφ' ἵππῳ καὶ ἀναβάτῃ, ἐγαυρίασαν ἐν βραχίονι πεζῶν, ἤλπισαν ἐν ἀσπίδι καὶ ἐν γαίσῳ καὶ τόξῳ καὶ σφενδόνῃ, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν ὅτι σὺ εἶ Κύριος συντρίβων πολέμους.

Thou-should-have-had-seen too-thus, Assour-belonged they-were-repletened in unto-an-ability of-them, they-were-en-lofteed upon unto-a-horse and unto-a-stepper-up, they-grandeur-belonged-unto in unto-more-short of-afoot, they-drove-sureed-to in unto-a-spar-along and in unto-soil-samed and unto-a-bow and unto-a-sling, and not they-had-acquainted to-which-a-one thou thou-be Authority-belonged rubbing-together to-wars.

Note: unto-a-spar-along : used of shields and asps.

Note: unto-soil-samed : used to refer to a locator in the sense of throwing a spear to that point; i.e. a kind of spear for throwing.

9:7 om και εν γαισω A | γεισω ℵ*vid (γαισ. ℵ1)

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 9:8 Κύριος ὄνομά σοι· σὺ ῥάξον αὐτῶν τὴν ἰσχὺν ἐν δυνάμει σου, καὶ κάταξον τὸ κράτος αὐτῶν ἐν τῷ θυμῷ σου· ἐβουλεύσαντο γὰρ βεβηλῶσαι τὰ ἅγιά σου, μιᾶναι τὸ σκήνωμα τῆς καταπαύσεως τοῦ ὀνόματος τῆς δόξης σου, καταβαλεῖν σιδήρῳ κέρας θυσιαστηρίου σου.

Authority-belonged a-naming-to unto-thee; thou thou-should-have-strikered of-them to-the-one to-a-force-holding in unto-an-ability of-thee, and thou-should-have-en-busted-down to-the-one to-a-securement of-them in unto-the-one unto-a-passion of-thee; they-purposed-of too-thus to-have-en-step-stepped-of to-the-ones to-hallow-belonged of-thee, to-have-stain-belonged to-the-one to-an-en-tenting-to of-the-one of-a-ceasing-down of-the-one of-a-naming-to of-the-one of-a-reckonedness of-thee, to-have-had-casted-down unto-an-iron to-a-horn of-a-surgerlet of-thee.

Note: to-have-en-step-stepped-of : used to refer to a person overstepping what is allowable.

9:8 συ ραξον] συνρα|ξον ℵ | μιαναι] pr και ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 9:9 βλέψον εἰς ὑπερηφανίαν αὐτῶν, ἀπόστειλον τὴν ὀργήν σου εἰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν, δὸς ἐν χειρί μου τῆς χήρας ὃ διενοήθην κράτος.

Thou-should-have-viewed into to-a-manifesting-over-unto of-them, thou-should-have-set-off to-the-one to-a-stressing of-thee into to-heads of-them, thou-should-have-had-given in unto-a-hand of-me of-the-one of-bereaved to-which I-was-en-mulled-through-unto to-a-securement.

9:9 υπερηφανιαν] pr την ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 9:10 πάταξον δοῦλον ἐκ χειλέων ἀπάτης μου ἐπ' ἄρχοντι καὶ ἄρχοντα ἐπὶ θεράποντι αὐτοῦ, θραῦσον αὐτῶν τὸ ἀνάστεμα ἐν χειρὶ θηλείας.

Thou-should-have-smote to-a-bondee out of-rimmeednesses of-a-delusion of-me upon unto-firsting and to-firsting upon unto-a-minister of-it, thou-should-have-crushed of-them to-the-one to-a-standing-up-to in unto-a-hand of-female.

[appendix] θηλιας ℵ A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 9:11 οὐ γὰρ ἐν πλήθει τὸ κράτος σου, οὐδὲ ἡ δυναστεία σου ἐν ἰσχύουσιν, ἀλλὰ ταπεινῶν εἶ θεός, ἐλαττόνων εἶ βοηθός, ἀντιλήμπτωρ ἀσθενούντων, ἀπεγνωσμένων σκεπαστής, ἀπηλπισμένων σωτήρ.

Not too-thus in unto-a-repleteedness the-one a-securement of-thee, not-then-also the-one an-abling-of of-thee in unto-force-holding, other of-lowed-belonged-to thou-be a-Deity, of-lackinged-of thou-be holler-ran, an-ever-a-one-taker of-un-vigoring-unto, of-having-had-come-to-be-acquainted-off a-coverer, of-having-had-come-to-drove-suree-off-to a-savior.

9:11 om σου 1° ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | η δυναστεια] η δεξια ℵ* τη δυναστια ℵc.a | θεος] κς̅ A | ει] + συ A | αφηλπισμ. ℵ

[appendix] δυναστια A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 9:12 ναὶ ναὶ ὁ θεὸς τοῦ πατρός μου καὶ θεὸς κληρονομίας Ἰσραήλ, δέσποτα τῶν οὐρανῶν καὶ τῆς γῆς, κτίστα τῶν ὑδάτων, βασιλεῦ πάσης κτίσεώς σου, σὺ εἰσάκουσον τῆς δεήσεώς μου,

Yea Yea the-one a-Deity of-the-one of-a-father of-me and a-Deity of-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-an-Israêl, Bind-doer of-the-ones of-skies and of-the-one of-a-soil, Befounder of-the-ones of-waters, Ruler-of of-all of-a-befounding of-thee, thou thou-should-have-heard-into of-the-one of-a-binding of-me,

9:12 ο θεος] θε̅ ℵ θς̅ A | βασιλευς A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 9:13 καὶ δὸς λόγον μου καὶ ἀπάτην εἰς τραῦμα καὶ μώλωπα αὐτῶν, οἳ κατὰ τῆς διαθήκης σου καὶ οἴκου ἡγιασμένου σου καὶ κορυφῆς Σιὼν καὶ οἴκου κατασχέσεως υἱῶν σου ἐβουλεύσαντο σκληρά.

and thou-should-have-had-given to-a-forthee of-me and to-a-delusion into to-a-wounding-to and to-a-battled-look of-them, which down of-the-one of-a-placement-through of-thee and of-a-house of-having-had-come-to-be-hallow-belonged-to of-thee and of-a-crest of-a-Siôn and of-a-house of-a-holdening-down of-sons of-thee they-purposed-of to-stiffened.

9:13 μου] μοι ℵ | κορυφην A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 9:14 καὶ ποίησον ἐπὶ πᾶν τὸ ἔθνος σου καὶ πάσης φυλῆς ἐπίγνωσιν, τοῦ εἰδῆσαι ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ θεὸς πάσης δυνάμεως καὶ κράτους, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος ὑπερασπίζων τοῦ γένους Ἰσραὴλ εἰ μὴ σύ.

And thou-should-have-done-unto upon to-all to-the-one to-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-thee and of-all of-a-tribing to-an-acquainting-upon, of-the-one to-have-seen to-which-a-one thou thou-be the-one a-Deity of-all of-an-ability and of-a-securement, and not it-be other sparring-along-over-to of-the-one of-a-becomeedness of-an-Israêl if lest thou.

9:14 παν το εθνος] παντος εθνους A | ειδησαι] ειδεναι σε ℵc.a | ο θεος] + θς̅ ℵ A | ει μη συ sup ras Aa

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 10:1 Καὶ ἐγένετο ὡς ἐπαύσατο βοῶσα πρὸς τὸν θεὸν Ἰσραὴλ καὶ συνετέλεσεν πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα,

And it-had-became as it-ceased hollering-unto toward to-the-one to-a-Deity of-an-Israêl and it-finished-together-unto to-all to-the-ones to-utterings-to to-the-ones-these,

10:1 και εγενετο] ι εγενετο sup ras Aa

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 10:2 καὶ ἀνέστη ἀπὸ τῆς πτώσεως καὶ ἐκάλεσεν τὴν ἅβραν αὐτῆς, καὶ κατέβη εἰς τὸν οἶκον ἐν ᾧ διέτριβεν ἐν αὐτῷ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν σαββάτων καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἑορταῖς αὐτῆς,

and it-had-stood-up off of-the-one of-a-falling and it-called-unto to-the-one to-a-vassal of-it, and it-had-stepped-down into to-the-one to-a-house in unto-which it-was-rubbing-through in unto-it in unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses of-the-ones of-sabbaths and in unto-the-ones unto festivals of-it,

10:2 πτωσεως] + αυτης ℵ | οικον] + αυτης ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 10:3 καὶ περιείλατο τὸν σάκκον ὃν ἐνεδεδύκει, καὶ ἐξεδύσατο τὰ ἱμάτια τῆς χηρεύσεως αὐτῆς· καὶ περιεκλύσατο τὸ σῶμα ὕδατι καὶ ἐχρίσατο μύρῳ παχεῖ, καὶ διέταξε τὰς τρίχας τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτῆς καὶ ἐπέθετο μίτραν ἐπ' αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐνεδύσατο τὰ ἱμάτια τῆς εὐφροσύνης αὐτῆς ἐν αἷς ἐστολίζετο ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ ἀνδρὸς αὐτῆς Μανασσῆ·

and it-sectioned-about to-the-one to-a-burlap to-which it-had-come-to-have-sunk-in, and it-sunk-out to-the-ones to-apparelets of-the-one of-a-bereaving of-it; and it-about-sloshed-of-to to-the-one to-an-en-capsuling-to unto-a-water and it-anointed unto-seeped unto-thick, and it-arranged-through to-the-ones to-hairs of-the-one of-a-head of-it and it-had-placed-upon to-a-cincture upon of-it, and it-sunk-in to-the-ones to-apparelets of-the-one of-a-goodly-centeringedness of-it in unto-which it-was-being-seteed-to in unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses of-the-one of-a-lifing of-the-one of-a-man of-it of-a-Manassês;

Note: it-was-being-seteed-to : used to refer to putting on a setting of clothing.

[appendix] εχρευσατο ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 10:4 καὶ ἔλαβεν σανδάλια εἰς τοὺς πόδας αὐτῆς, καὶ περιέθετο τοὺς χλιδῶνας καὶ τὰ ψέλια καὶ τοὺς δακτυλίους καὶ τὰ ἐνώτια καὶ πάντα τὸν κόσμον αὐτῆς· καὶ ἐκαλλωπίσατο σφόδρα εἰς ἀπάτησιν ὀφθαλμῶν ἀνδρῶν ὅσοι ἂν ἴδωσιν αὐτήν.

and it-had-taken to-sandalets into to-the-ones to-feet of-it, and it-had-placed-about to-the-ones to-ornaments and to-the-ones to-glidelets and to-the-ones to-digit-belonged and to-the-ones to-earlets and to-all to-the-one to-an-orderation of-it; and it-seemly-looked-to to-vehemented into to-a-deluding of-eyes of-men which-a-which ever they-might-have-had-seen to-it.

Note: to-glidelets : used to refer to smooth bracelets, armlets, anklets, rings, etc.

10:4 χλιδωνας] λ sup ras Aa? | απαντησιν] απατησιν ℵ1?a.b?A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 10:5 καὶ ἔδωκεν τῇ ἅβρᾳ αὐτῆς ἀσκοπυτίνην οἴνου καὶ καψάκην ἐλαίου, καὶ πήραν ἐπλήρωσεν ἀλφίτων καὶ παλάθης καὶ ἄρτων καθαρῶν, καὶ περιεδίπλωσε πάντα τὰ ἄγγια αὐτῆς καὶ ἐπέθηκεν αὐτῇ.

And it-gave unto-the-one unto-a-vassal of-it to-a-leathern-flask of-a-wine and to-a-cruse of-an-oillet, and to-a-besidedness it-en-filled of-farina' and of-a-clenched-placing and of-adjustations of-cleansed, and it-en-two-folded-about to-all to-the-ones to-leadeelets of-it and it-placed-upon unto-it.

Note: of-a-clenched-placing : used to refer to cakes of dried pressed fruit.

Note: of-adjustations : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.

10:5 ασκοπυτινην (-τεινην A)] ασκον ℵ | om και παλαθης ℵ | περιεδιπλωσεν ℵ A | αγγεια Bab | αυτην A* (αυτηι Aa vid)

[appendix] ελεου B* (ελαι. Bab0

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 10:6 καὶ ἐξήλθοσαν ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην τῆς πόλεως Βαιτυλουά, καὶ εὕροσαν ἐφεστῶτα ἐπ' αὐτῇ Ὀζείαν καὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῆς πόλεως Χάβρειν καὶ Χάρμειν.

And they-hath-had-came-out upon to-the-one to-a-gate of-the-one of-a-city of-a-Baituloua, and they-hath-had-found to-having-hath-had-come-to-stand-upon upon unto-it to-an-Ozeias and to-the-ones to-more-eldered of-the-one of-a-city to-a-Chabrein and to-a-Charmein.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 10:7 ὡς δὲ ἴδον αὐτήν, καὶ ἦν ἠλλοιωμένον τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτῆς, καὶ τὴν στολὴν μεταβεβληκυῖαν, καὶ ἐθαύμασαν ἐπὶ τῷ κάλλει αὐτῆς ἐπὶ πολὺ σφόδρα, καὶ εἶπαν αὐτῇ

As then-also they-had-seen to-it, and it-was having-had-come-be-en-othered the-one looked-toward of-it, and to-the-one to-a-seteeing to-having-had-come-to-cast-with, and they-marvled-to upon unto-the-one unto-a-seemlieedness of-it upon to-much to-vehemented, and they-said unto-it,

10:7 ειδον ℵ A | το προσωπον αυτης ηλλοιωμ. ℵ | στολην] + αυτης ℵ | μεταβεβληκυιαν] + αυτης Bab mgA | om και 3° A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 10:8 Ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν δῴη σε εἰς χάριν, καὶ τελειώσαι τὰ ἐπιτηδεύματά σου εἰς γαυρίαμα υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ὕψωμα Ἰερουσαλήμ. καὶ προσεκύνησεν τῷ θεῷ,

The-one a-Deity of-the-ones of-fathers of-us it-may-have-had-given to-thee into to-a-granting, and it-may-have-en-finish-belonged to-the-ones to-availings-upon-to of-thee into to-a-grandeur-belonging-to of-sons of-an-Israêl and to-an-en-lofteeing-to of-an-Ierousalêm. And it-kissed-toward unto-the-one unto-a-Deity,

10:8 το επιτηδευμα ℵ | Ιλ̅μ ℵ* Ιλη̅μ ℵc.a

[appendix] τελιωσαι A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 10:9 καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς Ἐπιτάξατε ἀνοῖξαί μοι τὴν πύλην τῆς πόλεως, καὶ ἐξελεύσομαι εἰς τελείωσιν τῶν λόγων ὧν ἐλαλήσατε μετ' ἐμοῦ· καὶ συνέταξαν τοῖς νεανίσκοις ἀνοῖξαι αὐτῇ καθότι ἐλάλησαν.

and it-had-said toward to-them, Ye-should-have-arranged-upon to-have-opened-up unto-me to-the-one to-a-gate of-the-one of-a-city, and I-shall-come-out into to-an-en-finished-belonging of-the-ones of-forthees of-which ye-spoke-unto with of-ME; and they-arranged-together unto-the-ones unto-new-belongings-of to-have-opened-up unto-it down-to-which-a-one they-spoke-unto.

10:9 ελαλησατε] ατ sup ras Aa | ελαλησαν] ελαλησεν ℵ A

[appendix] τελιωσιν B* (τελειωσ. Bab)

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 10:10 καὶ ἐποίησαν οὕτως· καὶ ἐξῆλθεν Ἰουδείθ, αὐτὴ καὶ ἡ παιδίσκη αὐτῆς μετ' αὐτῆς· ἀπεσκόπευον δ' αὐτὴν οἱ ἄνδρες τῆς πόλεως ἕως οὗ κατέβη τὸ ὄρος, ἕως διῆλθεν τὸν αὐλῶνα καὶ οὐκ οὐκέτι ἐθεώρουν αὐτήν.

And they-did-unto unto-the-one-this; and it-had-came-out, an-Ioudeith, it and the-one a-child-belonging-of of-it with of-it; they-were-scouting-off-of then-also to-it, the-ones men of-the-one of-a-city, unto-if-which of-which it-had-stepped-down to-the-one to-a-jutteedness, unto-if-which it-had-came-through to-the-one to-a-channeling and not not-if-to-a-one they-were-surveiling-unto to-it.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 10:11 Καὶ ἐπορεύοντο ἐν τῷ αὐλῶνι εἰς εὐθεῖαν, καὶ συνήντησεν αὐτῇ προφυλακὴ τῶν Ἀσσυρίων.

And they-were-traversing-of in unto-the-one unto-a-channeling into to-straight, and it-together-ever-a-oned-unto unto-it, a-guardery-before of-the-ones of-Assur-belonged.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 10:12 καὶ συνέλαβον αὐτὴν καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν Τίνων εἶ, καὶ πόθεν ἔρχῃ, καὶ ποῦ πορεύῃ; καὶ εἶπεν Θυγάτηρ εἰμὶ τῶν Ἐβραίων, καὶ ἀποδιδράσκω ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτῶν, ὅτι μέλλουσιν δίδοσθαι ὑμῖν εἰς κατάβρωμα.

And they-had-taken-together to-it and they-upon-entreated-unto, Of-what-ones thou-be, and whither-from thou-come, and of-whither thou-traverse-of? And it-had-said, A-daughter I-be of-the-ones of-Ebra-belonged, and I-en-apartate-off off of-looked-toward of-them, to-which-a-one they-were-pending to-be-given unto-ye into to-a-feedeeing-down-to.

10:12 Εβραιων] Εβ, α sup ras Aa? | διδοσθαι] διδοναι ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 10:13 κἀγὼ ἔρχομαι εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον Ὀλοφέρνου ἀρχιστρατήγου δυνάμεως ὑμῶν τοῦ ἀναγγεῖλαι ῥήματα ἀληθείας, καὶ δείξω πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ ὁδὸν καθ' ἣν πορεύσεται καὶ κυριεύσει πάσης τῆς ὀρινῆς, καὶ οὐ διαφωνήσει τῶν ἀνδρῶν αὐτοῦ σὰρξ μία οὐδὲ πνεῦμα ζωῆς.

And-I I-come into to-the-one to-looked-toward of-an-Olofernês of-a-first-amass-leader of-an-ability of-ye of-the-one to-have-leadeeered-up to-utterings-to of-an-un-secluding-of, and I-shall-en-show before of-looked-toward of-it to-a-way down to-which it-shall-traverse-of and it-shall-authority-belong-of of-all of-the-one of-a-jutted-belonged-to, and not it-shall-sound-through-unto of-the-ones of-men of-it, a-flesh one not-then-also a-currenting-to of-a-lifing.

10:13 το προσωπον] om το ℵ | αναγγειλαι] απαγγειλαι ℵ A (λαι sup ras Aa) | ρηματα sup ras Aa (seq ras 1 lit)

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 10:14 ὡς δὲ ἤκουσαν οἱ ἄνδρες τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῆς, καὶ κατενόησαν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτῆς, καὶ ἦν ἐναντίον αὐτῶν θαυμάσιον τῷ κάλλει σφόδρα· καὶ εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτήν

As then-also they-heard, the-ones men, to-the-ones to-utterings-to of-it, and they-en-mulled-down-unto to-the-one to-looked-toward of-it, and it-was to-ever-a-oned-in of-them marvel-to-belonged unto-the-one unto-a-seemlieedness to-vehemented; and they-said toward to-it,

10:14 αυτης 1°] ταυτα ℵ | θαυμασιον] θαυμαστον ℵ θαυμασια A | om τω καλλει ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 10:15 Σέσωκας τὴν ψυχήν σου σπεύσασα καταβῆναι εἰς πρόσωπον τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν· καὶ νῦν πρόσελθε ἐπὶ τὴν σκηνὴν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀφ' ἡμῶν προπέμψουσίν σε ἕως παραδῶσίν σε εἰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ.

Thou-had-come-to-save-to to-the-one to-a-breathing of-thee hastening to-have-had-stepped-down into to-looked-toward of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-us; and now thou-should-have-had-came-toward upon to-the-one to-a-tenting of-it, and off of-us they-shall-volley-before to-thee unto-if-which they-might-have-had-given-beside to-thee into to-hands of-it.

10:15 εις προσ. του κυριου] προς τον κν̅ ℵ | παραδωσι ℵ παραδωσουσι ℵc.a παραδωσουσιν A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 10:16 ἐὰν δὲ στῇς ἐναντίον αὐτοῦ, μὴ φοβηθῇς τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, ἀλλὰ ἀνάγγειλον κατὰ τὰ ῥήματά σου, καὶ εὖ σε ποιήσει.

If-ever then-also thou-might-have-had-stood to-ever-a-oned-in of-it, lest thou-might-have-been-feareed-unto unto-the-one unto-a-heart of-thee, other thou-should-have-leadeeered-up down to-the-ones to-utterings-to of-thee, and goodly to-thee it-shall-do-unto.

10:16 ευ] ευθη ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 10:17 καὶ ἀπέλεξαν ἐξ αὐτῶν ἄνδρας ἑκατόν, καὶ παρέζευξαν αὐτῇ καὶ τῇ ἅβρᾳ αὐτῆς, καὶ ἤγαγον αὐτὰς ἐπὶ τὴν σκηνὴν Ὀλοφέρνου.

And they-forthed-off out of-them to-men to-a-hundred, and they-en-coupled-beside unto-it and unto-the-one unto-a-vasal of-it, and they-had-led to-them upon to-the-one to-a-tenting of-an-Olofernês.

10:17 επελεξαν Bbℵc.aA | Ολογερνου] pr του ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 10:18 καὶ ἐγένετο συνδρομὴ ἐν τῇ παρεμβολῇ, διεβοήθη γὰρ εἰς τὰ σκηνώματα ἡ παρουσία αὐτῆς· καὶ ἐλθόντες ἐκύκλουν αὐτήν ὡς ἱστήκει ἔξω τῆς σκηνῆς Ὀλοφέρνου, ἕως προσήγγειλαν αὐτῷ περὶ αὐτῆς.

And it-had-became a-circuiting-together in unto-the-one unto-a-casting-in-beside, it-was-through-hollered-unto too-thus into to-the-ones to-en-tentings-to the-one a-being-beside-unto of-it; and having-had-came they-were-en-circling to-it as it-had-come-to-stand out-unto-which of-the-one of-a-tenting of-an-Olofernês, unto-if-which they-leadeeered-toward unto-it about of-it.

Note: unto-the-one : pr unto-all in 01 02 03C1 03C2.

10:18 τη παρεμβολη] pr παση Bab mgℵ A | ειστηκει Bab

[appendix] προσηγγιλα| ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 10:19 καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ἐπὶ τῷ κάλλει αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐθαύμαζον τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραὴλ ἀπ' αὐτῆς· καὶ εἶπεν ἕκαστος πρὸς τὸν πλησίον αὐτοῦ Τίς καταφρονήσει τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου ὃς ἔχει ἐν ἑαυτῷ γυναῖκας τοιαύτας; ὅτι οὐ καλόν ἐστιν ὑπολείπεσθαι ἐξ αὐτῶν ἄνδρα ἕνα, οἳ ἀφεθέντες δυνήσονται κατασοφίσασθαι πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν.

And they-were-marveling-to upon unto-the-one unto-a-seemlieedness of-it, and they-were-marveling-to to-the-ones to-sons of-an-Israêl off of-it; and it-had-said each toward to-the-one to-nigh-belonged of-it, What-one it-shall-center-down-unto of-the-one of-a-people of-the-one-this which it-holdeth in unto-self to-women to-the-ones-unto-the-ones-these? To-which-a-one not seemly it-be to-be-remaindered-under out of-them to-a-man to-one, which having-been-sent-off they-shall-able to-have-wisdomed-down-to to-all to-the-one to-a-soil.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 10:20 καὶ ἐξῆλθον οἱ παρακαθεύδοντες Ὀλοφέρνῃ καὶ πάντες οἱ θεράποντες αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἰσήγαγον αὐτὴν εἰς τὴν σκηνήν.

And they-had-came-out, the-ones resting-down-beside unto-an-Olofernês and all the-ones ministers of-it, and they-had-led-into to-it into to-the-one to-a-tenting.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 10:21 καὶ ἦν Ὀλοφέρνης ἀναπαυόμενος ἐπὶ τῆς κλίνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κωνωπίῳ, ὃ ἦν ἐκ πορφύρας καὶ χρυσίου καὶ σμαράγδου καὶ λίθων πολυτελῶν καθυφασμένων.

And it-was an-Olofernês ceasing-up upon of-the-one of-a-clining of-it in unto-the-one unto-a-strobiled-looklet, which it-was out of-a-flushedness and of-a-goldlet and of-an-emerald and of-stones of-much-finishinged of-having-had-come-to-be-woven-down.

Note: of-a-flushedness : used to refer to a kind of mussel from the blueish-red dye it yields because of its flush of color visual affect, and to the dye itself; also used of clothing and adornments as assigned to the flushed color category, i.e. bright red to blueish-red.

Note: unto-a-strobiled-looklet : used to refer to an item concerned with things having a spiral overlapping appearance, i.e. things that have a pine-cone look, particularly gnats, misquitos and certain types of flies for their en-capsulings-to; i.e. a misquito net.

10:21 καθυφασμενον ℵ

[appendix] κλεινης B*ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 10:22 καὶ ἀνήγγειλαν αὐτῷ περὶ αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν εἰς τὸ προσκήνιον, καὶ λαμπάδες ἀργυραῖ προάγουσαι αὐτοῦ.

And they-leadeeered-up unto-it about of-it, and it-had-came-out into to-the-one to-a-tentlet-before, and lamps silvern leading-before of-it.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 10:23 ὡς δὲ ἦλθεν κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ Ἰουδεὶθ καὶ τῶν θεραπόντων αὐτοῦ, ἐθαύμασαν πάντες ἐπὶ τῷ κάλλει τοῦ προσώπου· καὶ πεσοῦσα ἐπὶ πρόσωπον προσεκύνησεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἤγειραν αὐτὴν οἱ δοῦλοι αὐτοῦ.

As then-also it-had-came down to-looked-toward of-it, an-Ioudeith, and of-the-ones of-ministers of-it, they-marveled-to, all, upon unto-the-one unto-a-seemlieedness of-the-one of-looked-toward; and having-had-fallen upon to-looked-toward it-kissed-toward-unto unto-it, and they-roused to-it, the-ones bondees of-it.

10:23 προσωπου] + αυτης ℵ A

[appendix] καλλι A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 11:1 Καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτὴν Ὀλοφέρνης Θάρσησον, γύναι, μὴ φοβηθῇς τῇ καρδίᾳ σου· ὅτι ἐγὼ οὐκ ἐκάκωσα ἄνθρωπον ὅστις ᾑρέτικεν δουλεύειν βασιλεῖ Ναβουχοδονοσὸρ πάσης τῆς γῆς.

And it-had-said toward to-it, an-Olofernês, Thou-should-have-braved-unto, Woman, lest thou-might-have-been-feareed-unto unto-the-one unto-a-heart of-thee; to-which-a-one I not I-en-wedge-wedged to-a-mankind which-a-one it-had-come-to-section-along-to to-bondee-of unto-a-ruler-of unto-a-Nabouchodonosor of-all of-the-one of-a-soil.

11:1 μη] pr και ℵ | ηρετικεν] ηκεν ℵ ηρετισεν A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 11:2 καὶ νῦν ὁ λαός σου ὁ κατοικῶν τὴν ὀρινήν, εἰ μὴ ἐφαύλισάν με, οὐκ ἂν ἦρα τὸ δόρυ μου ἐπ' αὐτούς, ἀλλὰ αὐτοὶ ἑαυτοῖς ἐποίησαν ταῦτα.

And now the-one a-people of-thee the-one housing-down-unto to-the-one to-jutted-belonged-to, if lest they-pettied-to to-me, not ever I-lifted to-the-one to-a-shank of-me upon to-them, other them unto-selves they-did-unto to-the-ones-these.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 11:3 καὶ νῦν λέγε μοι τίνος ἕνεκεν ἀπέδρας ἀπ' αὐτῶν καὶ ἦλθες πρὸς ἡμᾶς· ἥκεις γὰρ εἰς σωτηρίαν· θάρσει, ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ ταύτῃ ζήσῃ καὶ εἰς τὸ λοιπόν·

And now thou-should-forth unto-me of-what-one in-out-in thou-had-en-apartated-off off of-them and thou-had-came toward to-us; thou-arrive too-thus into to-a-savioring-unto; thou-should-brave-unto, in unto-the-one unto-a-night unto-the-one-this thou-shall-life-unto and into to-the-one to-remaindered;

11:3 ενεκα ℵ A | απεδρασας ℵ | ζηση] pr ζωη ℵ

[appendix] νυκτει A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 11:4 οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν ὃς ἀδικήσει σε, ἀλλ' εὖ σε ποιήσει καθὰ γίνεται τοῖς δούλοις τοῦ κυρίου μου βασιλέως Ναβουχοδονοσόρ.

not too-thus it-be which it-shall-un-course-unto to-thee, other to-goodly to-thee it-shall-do-unto down-to-which it-becometh unto-the-ones unto-bondees of-the-one of-authority-belonged of-me of-a-ruler-of of-a-Nabouchodonosor.

11:4 ποιησει] ποισει ℵ* (η superscr ℵ1) βασιλεως] pr του ℵ

[appendix] γεινεται ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 11:5 καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτὸν Ἰουδείθ Δέξαι τὰ ῥήματα τῆς δούλης σου, καὶ λαλησάτω ἡ παιδίσκη σου κατὰ πρόσωπόν σου, καὶ οὐκ ἀναγγελῶ ψεῦδος τῷ κυρίῳ μου ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ ταύτῃ.

And it-had-said toward to-it, an-Ioudeith, Thou-should-have-received to-the-ones to-utterings-to of-the-one of-a-bondee of-thee, and it-should-have-spoken-unto, the-one a-child-belonging-of of-thee, down to-looked-toward of-thee, and not I-shall-leadeeer-up to-a-falseedness unto-the-one unto-authority-belonged of-me in unto-the-one unto-a-night unto-the-one-this.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 11:6 καὶ ἐὰν κατακολουθήσῃς τοῖς λόγοις τῆς παιδίσκης σου, τελείως πρᾶγμα ποιήσει μετὰ σοῦ ὁ θεός, καὶ οὐκ ἀποπεσεῖται ὁ κύριός μου τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων αὐτοῦ.

And if-ever thou-might-have-pathed-along-down-unto unto-the-ones unto-forthees of-the-one of-a-child-belonging-of of-thee, unto-finish-belonged to-a-practicing-to it-shall-do-unto with of-thee, the-one a-Deity, and not it-shall-fall-off, the-one authority-belonged of-me, of-the-ones of-availings-upon-to of-it.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 11:7 ζῇ γὰρ βασιλεὺς Ναβουχοδονοσὸρ πάσης τῆς γῆς καὶ ζῇ τὸ κράτος αὐτοῦ, ὃς ἀπέστειλέν σε εἰς κατόρθωσιν πάσης ψυχῆς, ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἄνθρωποι διὰ σὲ δουλεύουσιν αὐτῷ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ θηρία τοῦ ἀγροῦ καὶ τὰ κτήνη καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ διὰ τῆς ἰσχύος σου ζήσονται Ναβουχοδονοσὸρ καὶ πάντα τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ.

It-lifeth-unto too-thus, a-ruler-of a-Nabouchodonosor, of-all of-the-one of-a-soil and it-lifeth-unto, the-one a-securement of-it, which it-set-off to-thee into to-an-en-straightly-jutting-down of-all of-a-breathing, to-which-a-one not to-alone mankinds through to-thee they-bondee-of unto-it, other and the-ones beastlets of-the-one of-a-field and the-ones befoundeednesses and the-ones flying-belonged-to of-the-one of-a-sky through of-the-one of-a-force-holding of-thee they-shall-life-unto to-a-Nabouchodonosor and to-all to-the-one to-a-house of-it.

Note: befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

11:7 βασιλευς] pr ο A | πασης της γης Ναβουχ. A | Ναβουχ. 2°] pr επι ℵc.aA

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 11:8 ἠκούσαμεν γὰρ τὴν σοφίαν σου καὶ τὰ πανουργεύματα τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἀνηγγέλη πάσῃ τῇ γῇ ὅτι σὺ μόνος ἀγαθὸς ἐν πάσῃ βασιλείᾳ καὶ δυνατὸς ἐν ἐπιστήμῃ καὶ θαυμαστὸς ἐν στρατεύμασιν πολέμου.

We-heard too-thus to-the-one to-a-wisdoming-unto of-thee and to-the-ones to-all-workings-to of-the-one of-a-breathing of-thee, and it-had-been-leadeeered-up unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-soil to-which-a-one thou stayeed excess-placed in unto-all unto-a-ruling-of and able in unto-a-standing-upon and marveled-to in unto-amassings-to of-a-war.

11:8 πανουργηματα BabA | και 2°] pr α Bab (vid)A | βασιλεια] pr τη A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 11:9 καὶ νῦν λόγος ὃν ἐλάλησεν Ἀχιὼρ ἐν τῇ συνεδρείᾳ σου, ἠκούσαμεν τὰ ῥήματα αὐτοῦ, ὅτι περιεποιήσαντο αὐτὸν οἱ ἄνδρες Βαιτυλουά, καὶ ἀνήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς πάντα ὅσα ἐξελάλησεν παρὰ σοί.

And now a-forthee to-which it-spoke-unto, an-Achiôr, in unto-the-one unto-a-seating-together-of of-thee, we-heard to-the-ones to-utterings-to of-it, to-which-a-one they-did-about-unto to-it, the-ones men of-a-Baituloua, and it-leadeeered-up unto-them to-all to-which-a-which it-spoke-out-unto beside unto-thee.

Note: unto-a-seating-together-of in 03 : unto-a-seating-together-unto in 01 02 03C1 03C2.

11:9 λογος] + σου ℵ* (om ℵa?) pr ο ℵ A | συνεδρια Bbℵ A | Βαιτουλουα ℵ | εξελαλησεν] ελαλησεν ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 11:10 διό, δέσποτα κύριε, μὴ παρέλθῃς τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ κατάθου αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, ὅτι ἐστὶν ἀληθής· οὐ γὰρ ἐκδικᾶται τὸ γένος ἡμῶν, οὐ κατισχύει ῥομφαία ἐπ' αὐτοὺς ἐὰν μὴ ἁμάρτωσιν εἰς τὸν θεὸν αὐτῶν.

Through-to-which, Bind-doer Authority-belonged, lest thou-might-have-had-came-beside to-the-one to-a-forthee of-it, other thou-should-had-placed-down to-it in unto-the-one unto-a-heart of-thee, to-which-a-one it-be un-secludinged; not too-thus it-shall-be-out-coursed-to the-one a-becomeedness of-us, not it-force-holdeth-down, a-sabre, upon to-them if-ever lest they-might-have-had-un-adjusted-along into to-the-one to-a-Deity of-them.

11:10 διο] διοτι ℵ* (διο ℵc.a) δη A | ου 2°] ουδε ℵ ος A

[appendix] κατισχυι A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 11:11 καὶ νῦν ἵνα μὴ γένηται ὁ κύριός μου ἔκβολος καὶ ἄπρακτος, καὶ ἐπιπεσεῖται θάνατος ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν, καὶ κατελάβετο αὐτοὺς ἁμάρτημα ἐν ᾧ παροργιοῦσιν τὸν θεὸν αὐτῶν, ὁπηνίκα ἂν ποιήσωσιν ἀτοπίαν.

And now so lest it-might-have-had-became the-one authority-belonged of-me casted-out and un-practiced, it-shall-fall-upon, a-death, upon to-looked-toward of-them, and it-had-taken-down to-them, an-un-adjusting-along-to, in unto-which they-shall-stress-beside-to to-the-one to-a-Deity of-them, which-whither-belonged-of ever they-might-have-done-unto to-an-un-occasioning-unto.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 11:12 ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἐξέλειπεν αὐτοὺς τὰ βρώματα καὶ ἐσπανίσθη πᾶν ὕδωρ, ἐβουλεύσαντο ἐπιβαλεῖν τοῖς κτήνεσιν αὐτῶν, καὶ πάντα ὅσα διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς τοῖς νόμοις αὐτοῦ μὴ φαγεῖν διέγνωσαν δαπανῆσαι.

Upon-if too-thus it-was-remaindering-out to-them, the-ones feedeeings-to, and it-was-scarced-to all a-water, they-purposed-of to-have-had-casted-upon unto-the-ones unto-befoundeednesses of-them, and to-all to-which-a-which it-set-through unto-them, the-one a-Deity, unto-the-ones unto-parcelees of-it lest to-have-had-devoured they-had-acquainted-through to-have-spented-unto.

Note: unto-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

11:12 om γαρ A | εξελειπεν] εξελιπεν Bbℵ παρεξελειπεν A | βρωματα] + αυτων A | κτησιν ℵ* (κτηνεσιν ℵc.a)

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 11:13 καὶ τὰς ἀπαρχὰς τοῦ σίτου καὶ τὰς δεκάτας τοῦ οἴνου καὶ τοῦ ἐλαίου, ἃ διεφύλαξαν ἁγιάσαντες τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν τοῖς παρεστηκόσιν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἀπέναντι τοῦ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν, κεκρίκασιν ἐξαναλῶσαι, ὧν οὐδὲ ταῖς χερσὶν καθῆκεν ἅψασθαι οὐδένα τῶν ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ.

And to-the-ones to-firstings-off of-the-one of-a-grain and to-the-ones to-tenth of-the-one of-a-wine and of-the-one of-an-oillet, to-which they-guardered-through having-hallow-belonged-to unto-the-ones unto-sacreders-of unto-the-ones unto-having-had-come-to-stand-beside in unto-an-Ierousalêm off-in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-Deity of-us, they-had-come-to-separate to-have-other-alonged-up-out, of-which not-then-also unto-the-ones unto-hands it-sent-down to-have-fastened to-not-then-also-one of-the-ones out of-the-one of-a-people.

11:13 δεκατα A* (ς superscr A1) | om α A | ουδε] ουδ εν A | post χερσιν || excidit fol in ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 11:14 καὶ ἀπεστάλκασιν εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ, ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἐκεῖ κατοικοῦντες ἐποίησαν ταῦτα, τοὺς μετακομίσοντας αὐτοῖς τὴν ἄφεσιν παρὰ τῆς γερουσίας.

And they-had-come-to-set-off into to-an-Ierousalêm, to-which-a-one and the-ones thither housing-down-unto they-did-unto to-the-ones-these, to-the-ones to-shall-having-tended-with-to unto-them to-the-one to-a-sending-off beside of-the-one of-a-senioring-unto.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 11:15 καὶ ἔσται ὡς ἂν ἀναγγείλῃ αὐτοῖς καὶ ποιήσωσιν, δοθήσονταί σοι εἰς ὄλεθρον ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ.

And it-shall-be as ever it-might-have-leadeeered-up unto-them and they-might-have-done-unto, they-shall-be-given unto-thee into to-an-en-destructing in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-thither.

11:15 αν] εαν A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 11:16 ὅθεν ἐγὼ ἡ δούλη σου ἐπιγνοῦσα ταῦτα πάντα ἀπέδρων ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτῶν, καὶ ἀπέστειλέν με ὁ θεὸς ποιῆσαι μετὰ σοῦ πράγματα ἐφ' οἷς ἐκστήσεται πᾶσα ἡ γῆ ὅσοι ἐὰν ἀκούσωσιν αὐτά.

Which-from I the-one a-bondee of-thee having-had-acquainted-upon to-the-ones-these to-all I-had-en-apartated-off off of-looked-toward of-them, and it-set-off to-me, the-one a-Deity, to-have-done-unto with of-thee to-practicings-to upon unto-which it-shall-stand-out, all the-one a-soil, which-a-which if-ever they-might-have-heard to-them;

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 11:17 ὅτι ἡ δούλη σου θεοσεβής ἐστιν, καὶ θεραπεύουσα νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας τὸν θεὸν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ· καὶ νῦν μενῶ παρὰ σοί, κύριέ μου, καὶ ἐξελεύσεται ἡ δούλη σου κατὰ νύκτα εἰς τὴν φάραγγα καὶ προσεύξομαι πρὸς τὸν θεόν, καὶ ἐρεῖ μοι πότε ἐποίησαν τὰ ἁμαρτήματα αὐτῶν.

to-which-a-one the-one a-bondee of-thee deity-reveringed it-be, and ministering-of of-a-night and of-a-dayedness to-the-one to-a-Deity of-the-one of-a-sky; and now I-shall-stay beside unto-thee, Authority-belonged of-me, and it-shall-come-out, the-one a-bondee of-thee, down to-a-night into to-the-one to-a-chasm and I-shall-goodly-hold-toward toward to-the-one to-a-Deity, and it-shall-utter unto-me whither-also they-did-unto to-the-ones to-un-adjustings-along-to of-them.

11:17 ερει] αναγγελει A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 11:18 καὶ ἐλθοῦσα προσανοίσω σοι, καὶ ἐξελεύσῃ σὺν πάσῃ τῇ δυνάμει σου, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ὃς ἀντιστήσεταί σοι ἐξ αὐτῶν.

And having-had-came I-shall-bear-up-toward unto-thee, and thou-shall-come-out together unto-all unto-the-one unto-an-ability of-thee, and not it-be which it-shall-ever-a-one-stand unto-thee out of-them.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 11:19 καὶ ἄξω σε διὰ μέσου τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἕως τοῦ ἐλθεῖν ἀπέναντι Ἰερουσαλήμ, καὶ θήσω τὸν δίφρον σου ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῆς, καὶ ἄξεις αὐτοὺς ὡς πρόβατα οἷς οὐκ ἔστιν ποιμήν, καὶ οὐ γρύξει κύων τῇ γλώσσῃ αὐτοῦ ἀπέναντι σου· ὅτι ταῦτα ἐλαλήθη μοι κατὰ πρόγνωσίν μου καὶ ἀπηγγέλη μοι, καὶ ἀπεστάλην ἀναγγεῖλαί σοι.

And I-shall-lead to-thee through of-middle of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia unto-if-which of-the-one to-have-had-came off-in-ever-a-one of-an-Ierousalêm, and I-shall-place to-the-one to-a-two-bearer of-thee in unto-middle of-it, and thou-shall-lead to-them as to-stepped-before unto-which not it-be a-shepherd, and not it-shall-gnarl-of-to, a-dog, unto-the-one unto-a-tongue of-it off-in-ever-a-one of-thee; to-which-a-one the-ones-these it-was-spoken-unto unto-me down to-an-acquainting-before of-me and it-had-been-leadeeered-off unto-me, and I-had-been-set-off to-have-leadeeered-up unto-thee.

Note: to-a-two-bearer : used to refer to things made to bear two persons, types of chariots and large seats, etc.

11:19 [?ι] σου οτι ταυτα ελαλη sup ras B1?ab | μοι ταυτα ελαληθη A | απηγγελη] ανηγγελη A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 11:20 Καὶ ἤρεσαν οἱ λόγοι αὐτῆς ἐναντίον Ὀλοφέρνου καὶ ἐναντίον πάντων τῶν θεραπόντων αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐθαύμασαν ἐπὶ τῇ σοφίᾳ αὐτῆς καὶ εἶπαν

And they-pleased, the-ones forthees of-it, to-ever-a-oned-in of-an-Olofernês and to-ever-a-oned-in of-all of-the-ones of-ministers of-it, and they-marveled-to upon unto-the-one unto-a-wisdoming-unto of-it and they-said,

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 11:21 Οὐκ ἔστιν τοιαύτη γυνὴ ἀπ' ἄκρου ἕως ἄκρου τῆς γῆς, ἐν καλῷ προσώπῳ καὶ συνέσει λόγων.

Not it-be the-one-unto-the-one-this a-woman off of-extremitied unto-if-which of-extremitied of-the-one of-a-soil, in unto-seemly unto-looked-toward and unto-a-sending-together of-forthees.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 11:22 καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτὴν Ὀλοφέρνης Εὖ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς ἀποστείλας σε ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ λαοῦ, τοῦ γενηθῆναι ἐν χερσὶν ἡμῶν κράτος, ἐν δὲ τοῖς φαυλίσασι τὸν κύριόν μου ἀπώλεια.

And it-had-said toward to-it, an-Olofernês, Goodly it-did-unto, the-one a-Deity, having-set-off to-thee in-toward-from of-the-one of-a-people, of-the-one to-have-been-became in unto-hands of-us a-securement, in then-also unto-the-ones unto-having-pettied-to to-the-one to-authority-belonged of-me a-destructing-off-of.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 11:23 καὶ νῦν ἀστεία εἶ σὺ ἐν τῷ εἴδει σου καὶ ἀγαθὴ ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου· ὅτι ἐὰν ποιήσῃ καθὰ ἐλάλησας, ὁ θεός σου ἔσται μου θεός, καὶ σὺ ἐν οἴκῳ Ναβουχοδονοσὸρ βασιλέως καθήσῃ, καὶ ἔσῃ ὀνομαστὴ παρὰ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν.

And now town-belonged thou-be thou in unto-the-one unto-a-sighteedness of-thee and excess-placed in unto-the-ones unto-forthees of-thee; to-which-a-one if-ever thou-might-have-done-unto down-to-which thou-spoke-unto, the-one a-Deity of-thee it-shall-be of-me a-Deity, and thou in unto-a-house of-a-Nabouchodonosor of-a-ruler-of thou-shall-sit-down, and thou-shall-be namable beside to-all to-the-one to-a-soil.

11:23 ποιηση] ποιησεις A | εν| οικω B* εν οι|κω Bb (vid) | βασιλεως Ναβ. A

[appendix] αστια A | ειδι B* (-δει Bab)

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 12:1 Καὶ ἐκέλευσεν εἰσαγαγεῖν αὐτὴν οὗ ἐτίθετο τὰ ἀργυρώματα αὐτοῦ, καὶ συνέταξεν καταστρῶσαι αὐτῇ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀψοποιημάτων αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῦ οἴνου αὐτοῦ πίνειν.

And it-bade-of to-have-had-led-into to-it of-which it-was-placing to-the-ones to-en-silverings-to of-it, and it-arranged-together to-have-en-strewed-down unto-it off of-the-ones of-provision-doings-to of-it, and of-the-one of-a-wine of-it to-drink.

Note: to-drink in 03 : to-have-had-drank in 02.

12:1 αυτη] αυτη| A | πινειν] πιειν A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 12:2 καὶ εἶπεν Ἰουδείθ Οὐ φάγομαι ἐξ αὐτῶν, ἵνα μὴ γένηται σκάνδαλον, ἀλλ' ἐκ τῶν ἠκολουθηκότων μοι χορηγηθήσεται.

And it-had-said, an-Ioudeith, Not I-shall-devour out of-them, so lest it-might-have-had-became a-cumbrance, other out of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-path-along-unto unto-me it-shall-be-chorus-led-unto.

12:2 αλλ] αλλα A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 12:3 καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτὴν Ὀλοφέρνης Ἐὰν δὲ ἐκλίπῃ τὰ μετὰ σοῦ ὄντα, πόθεν ἐξοίσομέν σοι δοῦναι ὅμοια αὐτοῖς; οὐ γάρ ἐστιν μεθ' ἡμῶν ἐκ τοῦ ἔθνους σου.

And it-had-said toward to-it, an-Olofernês, If-ever then-also it-might-have-had-remaindered-out, the-ones with of-thee being, whither-from I-shall-bear-out unto-thee to-have-had-given to-along-belonged unto-them? Not too-thus it-be with of-us out of-the-one of-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-thee.

Note: of-a-placeedness-belonging-to in 03 : of-a-becomeedness in 02.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 12:4 καὶ εἶπεν Ἰουδεὶθ πρὸς αὐτόν Ζῇ ἡ ψυχὴ σου, κύριέ μου, ὅτι οὐ δαπανήσει ἡ δούλη σου τὰ ὄντα μετ' ἐμοῦ ἕως ἂν ποιήσῃ ἐν χειρί μου ἃ ἐβουλεύσατο.

And it-had-said, an-Ioudeith, toward to-it, It-lifeth-unto, the-one a-breathing of-thee, Authority-belonged of-me, to-which-a-one not it-shall-spent-unto, the-one a-bondee of-thee, to-the-ones to-being with of-ME unto-if-which ever it-might-have-done-unto in unto-a-hand of-me to-which it-purposed-of.

Note: it-might-have-done-unto in 03 : + Authority-belonged in 02.

12:4 ποιηση] + κς̅ A

[appendix] χειρει B* (χειρι Bb)

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 12:5 καὶ ἠγάγοσαν αὐτὴν οἱ θεράποντες Ὀλοφέρνου εἰς τὴν σκηνήν, καὶ ὕπνωσεν μέχρι μεσούσης τῆς νυκτός· καὶ ἀνέστη πρὸς τὴν ἑωθινὴν φυλακήν,

And they-hath-had-led to-it, the-ones ministers of-an-Olofernês, into to-the-one to-a-tenting, and it-en-sleeped unto-lest-whilst of-en-middling of-the-one of-a-night; and it-had-stood-up toward to-the-one to-dawn-belonged-to to-a-guardery,

Note: toward in 03 : about in 02.

12:5 της νυκτος] om της A | προς] περι A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 12:6 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς Ὀλοφέρνην λέγουσα Ἐπιταξάτω δὴ ὁ κύριός μου ἐᾶσαι τὴν δούλην σου ἐπὶ προσευχὴν ἐξελθεῖν.

And it-set-off toward to-an-Olofernês forthing, It-should-have-arranged-upon then, the-one authority-belonged of-me, to-have-let-unto to-the-one to-a-bondee of-thee upon to-a-goodly-holding-toward to-have-had-came-out.

12:6 εξελθεῑ| επι προσευχην A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 12:7 καὶ προσέταξεν Ὀλοφέρνης τοῖς σωματοφύλαξιν μὴ διακωλύειν αὐτήν. καὶ παρέμεινεν ἐν τῇ παρεμβολῇ ἡμέρας τρεῖς· καὶ ἐξεπορεύετο κατὰ νύκτα εἰς τὴν φάραγγα Βαιτυλουά, καὶ ἐβαπτίζετο ἐν τῇ παρεμβολῇ ἐπὶ τῆς πηγῆς τοῦ ὕδατος.

And it-arranged-toward, an-Olofernês, unto-the-ones unto-en-capsuling-to-guarders lest to-prevent-through to-it. And it-stayed-beside in unto-the-one unto-a-casting-in-beside to-dayednesses to-three; and it-was-traversing-out-of down to-a-night into to-the-one to-a-chasm of-a-Baituloua, and it-was-dipping-to in unto-the-one unto-a-casting-in-beside upon of-the-one of-a-pitching of-the-one of-a-water.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 12:8 καὶ ὡς ἀνέβη, ἐδέετο τοῦ κυρίου θεοῦ Ἰσραὴλ κατευθῦναι τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτῆς εἰς ἀνάστημα τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ.

And as it-had-stepped-up, it-was-binding of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-a-Deity of-an-Israêl to-have-straightened-down to-the-one to-a-way of-it into to-a-standing-up-to of-the-ones of-sons of-the-one of-a-people of-it.

12:8 ως] εως A | εδετο A | του κυριου] om του A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 12:9 καὶ εἰσπορευομένη καθαρὰ παρέμενεν τῇ σκηνῇ, μέχρι οὗ προσηνέγκατο τὴν τροφὴν αὐτῆς πρὸς ἑσπέραν.

And traversing-into-of cleansed it-was-staying-beside unto-the-one unto-a-tenting, unto-lest-whilst of-which it-beared-toward to-the-one to-a-nourishing of-it toward to-an-into-acrossedness.

Note: unto-the-one unto-a-tenting in 03 : pr in in 02.

12:9 καθαρα] καθα A | τη σκηνη] pr εν A | μεχρις Bab | τροφην] τρυφην A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 12:10 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τετάρτῃ ἐποίησεν Ὀλοφέρνης πότον τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ μόνοις, καὶ οὐκ ἐκάλεσεν εἰς τὴν χρῆσιν οὐδένα τῶν πρὸς ταῖς χρείαις.

And it-had-became in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-fourth it-did-unto, an-Olofernês, to-a-drinkation unto-the-ones unto-bondees of-it unto-stayeed, and not it-called-unto into to-the-one to-an-affording to-not-then-also-one of-the-ones toward unto-the-ones unto-affordings-of.

Note: to-an-affording in 03 : to-a-calling in 02.

12:10 χρησιν] κλησιν A

[appendix] χριαις A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 12:11 καὶ εἶπεν Βαγώᾳ τῷ εὐνούχῳ, ὃς ἦν ἐφεστηκὼς ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν αὐτοῦ Πεῖσον δὴ πορευθεὶς τὴν γυναῖκα τὴν Ἐβραίαν ἥ ἐστιν παρὰ σοὶ τοῦ ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ἡμᾶς καὶ φαγεῖν καὶ πιεῖν μεθ' ἡμῶν.

And it-had-said unto-a-Bagôas unto-the-one unto-a-bed-holder, which it-was having-had-come-to-stand-upon upon of-all of-the-ones of-it, Thou-should-have-sured then having-been-traversed-of to-the-one to-a-woman to-the-one to-Ebra-belonged which it-be beside unto-thee of-the-one to-have-had-came toward to-us and to-have-had-devoured and to-have-had-drank with of-us.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 12:12 ἰδοὺ γὰρ αἰσχρὸν τῷ προσώπῳ ἡμῶν εἰ γυναῖκα τοιαύτην παρήσομεν οὐχ ὁμιλήσαντες αὐτῇ· ὅτι ἐὰν ταύτην μὴ ἐπισπασώμεθα, καταγελάσεται ἡμῶν.

Thou-should-have-had-seen too-thus, en-shamed unto-the-one unto-looked-toward of-us if to-a-woman to-the-one-unto-the-one-this we-shall-send-beside not having-grouped-along-unto unto-it; to-which-a-one if-ever to-the-one-this lest we-might-have-upon-drawn-unto, it-shall-down-laugh-unto of-us.

12:12 [appendix] ομειλησαντες B* (ομιλ. Bb) A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 12:13 καὶ ἐξῆλθεν Βαγώας ἀπὸ προσώπου Ὀλοφέρνου, καὶ εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς αὐτὴν καὶ εἶπεν Μὴ ὀκνησάτω δὴ ἡ παιδίσκη ἡ καλὴ αὕτη ἐλθοῦσα πρὸς τὸν κύριόν μου δοξασθῆναι κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ, καὶ πίεσαι μεθ' ἡμῶν εἰς εὐφροσύνην οἶνον, καὶ γενηθῆναι ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ ὡς θυγάτηρ μία τῶν υἱῶν Ἀσσοὺρ αἳ παρεστήκασιν ἐν οἴκῳ Ναβουχοδονοσόρ.

And it-had-came-out, a-Bagôas, off of-looked-toward of-an-Olofernês, and it-had-came-into toward to-it and it-had-said, Lest it-should-have-hesitated-unto then, the-one a-child-belonging-of the-one seemly the-one-this, having-had-came toward to-the-one to-authority-belonged of-me to-have-been-reckoned-to down to-looked-toward of-it, and thou-shall-drink with of-us into to-a-goodly-centeringedness to-a-wine, and to-have-been-became in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-this as a-daughter one of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Assour which they-had-come-to-stand-beside in unto-a-house of-a-Nabouchodonosor.

12:13 Βαγως A* (α 2° superscr A1) | πιεσαι] πιεῑ| A | ν μεθ υμων (sic) εις ευφροσυνη in mgg et sup ras Aa (om εις ευφροσυνην A*)

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 12:14 καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτὸν Ἰουδείθ Καὶ τίς εἰμι ἐγὼ ἀντεροῦσα τῷ κυρίῳ μου; ὅτι πᾶν ὃ ἔσται ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς αὐτοῦ ἀρεστὸν σπεύσασα ποιήσω, καὶ ἔσται τοῦτό μοι ἀγαλλίαμα ἕως ἡμέρας θανάτου μου.

And it-had-said toward to-it, an-Ioudeith, And what-one I-be I shall-having-ever-a-one-uttered unto-the-one unto-authority-belonged of-me? To-which-a-one to-all which it-shall-be in unto-the-ones unto-eyes of-it pleaseable having-hastened I-shall-do-unto, and it-shall-be the-one-this unto-me an-excess-jump-belonging-to unto-if-which of-a-dayedness of-a-death of-me.

12:14 μοι τουτο A | ημερα A | om μου 2° A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 12:15 καὶ διαναστᾶσα ἐκοσμήθη τῷ ἱματισμῷ καὶ παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ τῷ γυναικείῳ· καὶ προσῆλθεν ἡ δούλη αὐτῆς καὶ ἔστρωσεν αὐτῇ κατέναντι Ὀλοφέρνου χαμαὶ τὰ κώδια, ἃ ἔλαβεν παρὰ Βαγώου εἰς τὴν καθημερινὴν δίαιταν αὐτῆς εἰς τὸ ἐσθίειν κατακλινομένην ἐπ' αὐτῶν.

And having-had-stood-up-through it-was-orderationed-unto unto-the-one unto-an-appareling-to-of and unto-all unto-the-one unto-an-orderation unto-the-one unto-woman-belonged; and it-had-came-before, the-one a-bondee of-it, and it-en-strewed unto-it down-in-ever-a-one of-an-Olofernês unto-ground to-the-ones to-quiltlets, to-which it-had-taken beside of-a-Bagôas into to-the-one to-day-belonged-down-to to-an-appealing-through of-it into to-the-one to-eat-belong to-clining-down upon of-them.

Note: it-had-came-before in 03 : it-had-came-toward in 02.

Note: to-an-appealing-through : refers to a desired course, of way of life, of decisions and arbitrations, of location of abode, etc.

[appendix] κατακλειν. B*

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 12:16 καὶ εἰσελθοῦσα ἀνέπεσεν Ἰουδείθ, καὶ ἐξέστη ἡ καρδία Ὀλοφέρνου ἐπ' αὐτήν, ἐσαλεύθη ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἦν κατεπίθυμος σφόδρα τοῦ συγγενέσθαι μετ' αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐτήρει καιρὸν τοῦ ἀπατῆσαι αὐτὴν ἀφ' ἧς ἡμέρας εἶδεν αὐτήν.

And having-had-came-into it-had-fallen-up, an-Ioudeith, and it-had-stood-out, the-one a-heart of-an-Olofernês, upon to-it. It-was-undulated-of the-one a-breathing of-it and it-was passioned-upon-down to-vehemented of-the-one to-have-had-became-together with of-it, and it-was-keeping-unto to-a-time of-the-one to-have-deluded-unto to-it off of-which of-a-dayedness it-had-seen to-it.

Note: it-was-undulated-of in 03 : pr and in 02.

12:16 εσαλευθη] pr και A | συνγενεσθαι A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 12:17 καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτὴν Ὀλοφέρνης Πίε δὴ καὶ γενήθητι μεθ' ἡμῶν εἰς εὐφροσύνην.

And it-had-said toward to-it, an-Olofernês, Thou-should-drink then and thou-should-have-been-became with of-us into to-a-goodly-centeringedness.

12:17 μεθ] θ sup ras A1

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 12:18 καὶ εἶπεν Ἰουδείθ Πίομαι δή, κύριε, ὅτι ἐμεγαλύνθη τὸ ζῇν μου ἐν ἐμοὶ σήμερον παρὰ πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς γενέσεώς μου.

And it-had-said, an-Ioudeith, I-shall-drink then, Authority-belonged, to-which-a-one it-was-greatened the-one to-life-unto of-me in unto-ME this-day beside to-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses of-the-one of-a-becoming of-me.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 12:19 καὶ λαβοῦσα ἔφαγεν καὶ ἔπιεν κατέναντι αὐτοῦ ἃ ἡτοίμασεν ἡ δούλη αὐτῆς.

And having-had-taken it-had-devoured and it-had-drank down-in-ever-a-one of-it to-which it-readied-to, the-one a-bondee of-it.

12:19 επιεν και εφαγεν A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 12:20 καὶ ηὐφράνθη Ὀλοφέρνης ἀπ' αὐτῆς, καὶ ἔπιεν οἶνον πολὺν σφόδρα ὅσον οὐκ ἔπιεν πώποτε ἐν ἡμέρᾳ μιᾷ ἀφ' οὗ ἐγεννήθη.

And it-had-been-goodly-centered an-Olofernês off of-it, and it-had-drank to-a-wine to-much to-vehemented to-which-a-which not it-had-drank unto-whither-which-also in unto-a-dayedness unto-one off of-which it-was-generated-unto.

12:20 επιεν 2°] πι sup ras A1 | om πωποτε εν ημ. μια A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 13:1 Ὡς δὲ ὀψία ἐγένετο, ἐσπούδασαν οἱ δοῦλοι αὐτοῦ ἀναλύειν· καὶ Βαγώας συνέκλεισεν τὴν σκηνὴν ἔξωθεν, καὶ ἀπέκλεισεν τοὺς παρεστῶτας ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀπῴχοντο εἰς τὰς κοίτας αὐτῶν· ἦσαν γὰρ πάντες κεκοπωμένοι διὰ τὸ ἐπὶ πλεῖον γεγονέναι τὸν πότον.

As then-also a-lating-unto it-had-became, they-hasteneed-to, the-ones bondees of-it, to-loose-up; and a-Bagôas it-latch-belonged-together to-the-one to-a-tenting out-unto-which-from, and it-latch-belonged-off to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-stand-beside out of-looked-toward of-the-one of-authority-belonged of-it, and they-were-being-bear-belonged-off into to-the-ones to-clinings of-them; they-were too-thus all having-had-come-to-be-en-felled through to-the-one upon to-more-beyond to-have-had-come-to-become to-the-one to-a-drinkation.

13:1 κ προσωπου του κυριου sup ras B1?ab

[appendix] οψεια B* (οψια Bb) | συνεκλισεν A | απεκλισεν A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 13:2 ὑπελείφθη δὲ Ἰουδεὶθ μόνη ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ, καὶ Ὀλοφέρνης προπεπτωκὼς ἐπὶ τὴν κλίνην ἑαυτοῦ· ἦν γὰρ περικεχυμένος αὐτῷ ὁ οἶνος.

It-was-remaindered-under then-also an-Ioudeith stayeed in unto-the-one unto-a-tenting, and an-Olofernês having-had-come-to-fall-before upon to-the-one to-a-clining of-self; it-was-too-thus having-had-come-to-be-poured-about unto-it the-one a-wine.

13:2 om εν τη σκηνη A | επι την sup ras Bab

[appendix] υπελιφθη B* (-λειφθη Bab) | κλεινην B (item 4)

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 13:3 καὶ εἶπεν Ἰουδεὶθ τῇ δούλῃ αὐτῆς στῆναι ἔξω τοῦ κοιτῶνος αὐτῆς καὶ ἐπιτηρεῖν τὴν ἔξοδον αὐτῆς καθάπερ καθ' ἡμέραν, ἐξελεύσεσθαι γὰρ ἔφη ἐπὶ τὴν προσευχὴν αὐτῆς· καὶ τῷ Βαγώᾳ ἐλάλησεν κατὰ τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα.

And it-had-said, an-Ioudeith, unto-the-one unto-a-bondee of-it to-have-had-stood out-unto-which of-the-one of-a-situating-of of-it and to-keep-upon-unto to-the-one to-a-way-out of-it down-to-which-very down to-a-dayedness, to-shall-have-came-out too-thus it-was-declaring upon to-the-one to-a-goodly-holding-toward of-it; and unto-the-one unto-a-Bagôas it-spoke-unto down to-the-ones to-utterings-to to-the-ones-these.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 13:4 καὶ ἀπήλθοσαν πάντες ἐκ προσώπου, καὶ οὐδεὶς κατελείφθη ἐν τῷ κοιτῶνι ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου· καὶ στᾶσα Ἰουδεὶθ παρὰ τὴν κλίνην αὐτοῦ εἶπεν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ἑαυτῆς Κύριε ὁ θεὸς πάσης δυνάμεως, ἐπίβλεψον ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ ταύτῃ ἐπὶ τὰ ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν μου, εἰς ὕψωμα Ἰερουσαλήμ·

And they-hath-had-came-off, all, out of-looked-toward, and not-then-also-one it-was-remaindered-down in unto-the-one unto-a-situating-of off of-small unto-if-which of-great; and having-had-stood, an-Ioudeith, beside to-the-one to-a-clining of-it it-had-said in unto-the-one unto-a-heart of-self, Authority-belonged the-one a-Deity of-all of-an-ability, thou-should-have-viewed-upon in unto-the-one unto-an-houredness unto-the-one-this upon to-the-ones to-works of-the-ones of-hands of-me, into to-an-en-lofteeing-to of-an-Ierousalêm;

13:4 προσωπου] + αυτης A | εαυτης] αυτης A | om εν 3° A

[appendix] κατελιφθη B* (κατελειφθ. Bab)

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 13:5 ὅτι νῦν καιρὸς ἀντιλαβέσθαι τῆς κληρονομίας σου καὶ ποιῆσαι τὸ ἐπιτήδευμά μου εἰς θραῦμα ἐχθρῶν οἳ ἐπανέστησαν ἡμῖν.

to-which-a-one now a-time to-have-had-ever-a-one-taken of-the-one of-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-thee and to-have-done-unto to-the-one to-an-availing-upon-to of-me into to-a-marveling-to of-en-enmitied which they-had-stood-up-upon unto-us.

13:5 θραυσμα A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 13:6 καὶ προσελθοῦσα τῷ κανόνι τῆς κλίνης ὃς ἦν πρὸς κεφαλῆς Ὀλοφέρνου καθεῖλεν τὸν ἀκινάκην αὐτοῦ ἀπ' αὐτοῦ,

And having-had-came-toward unto-the-one unto-a-bar of-the-one of-a-clining which it-was toward of-a-head of-an-Olofernês it-had-sectioned-down to-the-one to-a-scimitar of-it off of-it,

13:6 ακεινακην B*A (ακιν. Bb)

[appendix] κλεινης B (item 7)

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 13:7 καὶ ἐγγίσασα τῆς κλίνης ἐδράξατο τῆς κόμης τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἶπεν Κραταίωσόν με, ὁ θεὸς Ἰσραήλ, ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ.

and having-neared-to of-the-one of-a-clining it-grasped of-the-one of-a-pluming of-the-one of-a-head of-it, and it-had-said, Thou-should-have-en-secure-belonged to-me, the-one a-Deity of-an-Israêl, in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-this.

13:7 ο θεος] pr κε̅ A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 13:8 καὶ ἐπάταξεν εἰς τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ δὶς ἐν τῇ ἰσχύι αὐτῆς, καὶ ἀφεῖλεν τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ,

And it-smote into to-the-one to-a-throat of-it to-twice in unto-the-one unto-a-force-holding of-it, and it-had-sectioned-off to-the-one to-a-head of-it.

13:8 επαταξεν] α 1° sup ras Aa | αυτου 2°] + απ αυτου A

[appendix] ισχυει B* (ισχυι Bb)

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 13:9 καὶ ἀπεκύλισε τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς στρωμνῆς, καὶ ἀφεῖλε τὸ κωνώπιον ἀπὸ τῶν στύλων· καὶ μετ' ὀλίγον ἐξῆλθεν καὶ παρέδωκεν τῇ ἅβρᾳ αὐτῆς τὴν κεφαλὴν Ὀλοφέρνου,

And it-roll-belonged-off to-the-one to-an-en-capsuling-to of-it off of-the-one of-a-strewing, and it-had-sectioned-off to-the-one to-a-strobiled-looklet off of-the-ones of-pillars; and with to-little it-had-came-out and it-gave-beside unto-the-one unto-a-vassal of-it to-the-one to-a-head of-an-Olofernês,

Note: to-a-strobiled-looklet : used to refer to an item concerned with things having a spiral overlapping appearance, i.e. things that have a pine-cone look, particularly gnats, misquitos and certain types of flies for their en-capsulings-to; i.e. a misquito net.

13:9 τηστρωμνης A | αφειλεν A | τον κωνωπιον A | μεθ B* (μετ Bb)

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 13:10 καὶ ἐνέβαλεν αὐτὴν εἰς τὴν πήραν τῶν βρωμάτων αὐτῆς· καὶ ἐξῆλθον αἱ δύο ἅμα κατὰ τὸν ἐθισμὸν αὐτῶν. καὶ διελθοῦσαι τὴν παρεμβολὴν ἐκύκλωσαν τὴν φάραγγα ἐκείνην, καὶ προσανέβησαν τὸ ὄρος Βαιτυλουά, καὶ ἤλθοσαν πρὸς τὰς πύλας αὐτῆς.

and it-had-taken-in to-it into to-the-one to-a-besidedness of-the-ones of-feedeeings-to of-it; and they-had-came-out, the-ones two, along down to-the-one to-a-placeeing-to-of of-them. And having-had-came-through to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside they-en-circled to-the-one to-a-chasm to-the-one-thither, and they-had-stepped-up-toward to-the-one to-a-jutteedness of-a-Baituloua, and they-hath-had-came toward to-the-ones to-gates of-it.

13:10 αυτων] + επι την προσευχην ℵ A | φαραγγαν A | το ορος] προς ℵ* (το ορ. ℵc.a) | Βαιτουλουα ℵ | ηλθοσαν] ηλθον ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 13:11 Καὶ εἶπεν Ἰουδεὶθ μακρόθεν τοῖς φυλάσσουσιν ἐπὶ τῶν πυλῶν Ἀνοίξατε, ἀνοίξατε δὴ τὴν πύλην· μεθ' ἡμῶν ὁ θεὸς ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν ποιῆσαι ἔτι ἰσχὺν ἐν Ἰσραὴλ καὶ κράτος κατὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν, καθὰ καὶ σήμερον ἐποίησεν.

And it-had-said, an-Ioudeith, en-longed-from unto-the-ones unto-guarding upon of-the-ones of-gates, Ye-should-have-opened-up, ye-should-have-opened-up then to-the-one to-a-gate; with of-us the-one a-Deity the-one a-Deity of-us to-have-done-unto if-to-a-one to-a-force-holding in unto-an-Israêl and to-a-securement down of-the-ones of-en-enmitied of-us, down-to-which and this-day it-did-unto.

13:11 ανοιξ. δη ανοιξ. A | om ημων 3° Babℵ A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 13:12 καὶ ἐγένετο ὡς ἤκουσαν οἱ ἄνδρες τῆς πόλεως αὐτῆς τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῆς, ἐσπούδασαν τοῦ καταβῆναι ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην τῆς πόλεως αὐτῶν, καὶ συνεκάλεσαν τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῆς πόλεως.

And it-had-became as they-heard, the-ones men of-the-one of-a-city of-it, to-the-one to-a-sound of-it, they-hasteneed-to of-the-one to-have-had-stepped-down upon to-the-one to-a-gate of-the-one of-a-city of-them, and they-called-together-unto to-the-ones to-more-eldered of-the-one of-a-city.

13:12 om αυτης 1° ℵ | του καταβ.] om του ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 13:13 καὶ συνέδραμον πάντες ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου αὐτῶν, ὅτι παράδοξον ἦν αὐτοῖς τοῦ ἐλθεῖν αὐτήν, καὶ ἤνοιξαν τὴν πύλην καὶ ὑπεδέξαντο αὐτάς· ἅψαντες πῦρ εἰς φαῦσιν περιεκύκλωσαν αὐτάς.

And they-had-circuited-together, all, off of-small unto-if-which of-great of-them, to-which-a-one reckoned-beside it-was unto-them of-the-one to-have-had-came to-it, and they-opened-up to-the-one to-a-gate and they-received-under to-them; having-fastened to-a-fire into to-lighting they-en-circled-about to-them.

Note: of-them in 03* : omit in 01 02 03C1 03C2.

13:13 om αυτων Babℵ A | του ελθειν] το ελθ. Babℵ A | απεδεξαντο] επεδεξαντο Bab εισεδεξ. ℵ υπεδεξ. A | αψαντες] pr και ℵc.aA | πυρ sup ras Ba vid

[appendix] μεικρου ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 13:14 ἡ δὲ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς φωνῇ μεγάλῃ Αἰνεῖτε τὸν θεόν, αἰνεῖτε· αἰνεῖτε τὸν θεὸν ὃς οὐκ ἀπέστησεν τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου Ἰσραήλ, ἀλλ' ἔθραυσε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἡμῶν διὰ χειρός μου ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ ταύτῃ.

The-one then-also it-had-said toward to-them unto-a-sound unto-great, Ye-should-laud-unto to-the-one to-a-Deity, ye-should-laud-unto; ye-should-laud-unto to-the-one to-a-Deity which not it-stood-off to-the-one to-a-besectionateedness of-it off of-the-one of-a-house of-an-Israêl, other it-crushed to-the-ones to-en-enmitied of-us through of-a-hand of-me in unto-the-one unto-a-night unto-the-one-this.

Note: to-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

13:14 θεον (bis)] κν̅ A | om αινειτε αινειτε τον θεον ℵ | ος] οτι A | αλλ] ras aliq inferius B? | εθραυσεν ℵ A

[appendix] αινειτε 2°] αινειται A | ελαιος A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 13:15 καὶ προελοῦσα τὴν κεφαλὴν ἐκ τῆς πήρας ἔδειξεν καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς Ἰδοὺ ἡ κεφαλὴ Ὀλοφέρνου ἀρχιστρατήγου δυνάμεως Ἀσσούρ, καὶ ἰδοὺ τὸ κωνώπιον ἐν ᾧ κατέκειτο ἐν ταῖς μέθαις αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἐπάταξεν αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος ἐν χειρὶ θηλείας.

And having-had-sectioned-before to-the-one to-a-head out of-the-one of-a-besidedness it-en-showed and it-had-said unto-them, Thou-should-have-had-seen, the-one a-head of-an-Olofernês of-a-first-amass-leader of-an-ability of-an-Assour, and thou-should-have-had-seen, the-one a-strobiled-looklet in unto-which it-was-situating-down in unto-the-ones unto-toxinatings of-it; and it-smote to-it, the-one Authority-belonged, in unto-a-hand of-female.

Note: a-strobiled-looklet : used to refer to an item concerned with things having a spiral overlapping appearance, i.e. things that have a pine-cone look, particularly gnats, misquitos and certain types of flies for their en-capsulings-to; i.e. a misquito net.

13:15 κωνωπιον] + αυτου A

[appendix] θηλιας A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 13:16 καὶ ζῇ Κύριος ὃς διεφύλαξέν με ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ μου ᾗ ἐπορεύθην, ὅτι ἠπάτησεν αὐτὸν τὸ πρόσωπόν μου εἰς ἀπώλειαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἁμάρτημα μετ' ἐμοῦ εἰς μίασμα καὶ αἰσχύνην.

And it-lifeth-unto, Authority-belonged, which it-guardered-through to-me in unto-the-one unto-a-way of-me unto-which I-was-traversed-of, to-which-a-one it-deluded-unto to-it to-the-one to-looked-toward of-me into to-a-destructing-off-of of-it, and not it-did-unto to-an-un-adjusting-along-to with of-ME into to-a-staining-to and to-a-shamening.

13:16 Κυριος] pr ο A | απωλιαν B*a(vid) (απωλειαν Bbℵ A)

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 13:17 καὶ ἐξέστη πᾶς ὁ λαὸς σφόδρα, καὶ κύψαντες προσεκύνησαν τῷ θεῷ καὶ εἶπαν ὁμοθυμαδόν Εὐλογητὸς εἶ ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν ὁ ἐξουδενώσας ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ σήμερον τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τοῦ λαοῦ σου.

And it-had-stood-out, all the-one a-people, to-vehemented, and having-leaned they-kissed-toward-unto unto-the-one unto-a-Deity and they-said passioned-along, Goodly-fortheeable thou-be the-one a-Deity of-us the-one having-en-not-then-also-oned-out in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one this-day to-the-ones to-en-enmitied of-the-one of-a-people of-thee.

13:17 ειπαν] α sup ras Aa | om ει ℵ | εξουθενωσας ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 13:18 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ Ὀζείας Εὐλογητὴ σύ, θύγατερ, τῷ θεῷ τῷ ὑψίστῳ παρὰ πάσας τὰς γυναῖκας τὰς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ εὐλογημένος Κύριος ὁ θεός ὃς ἔκτισεν τοὺς οὐρανοὺς καὶ τὴν γῆν, ὃς κατεύθυνέν σε εἰς τραῦμα κεφαλῆς ἄρχοντος ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν·

And it-had-said unto-it, an-Ozeias, Goodly-fortheeable thou, Daughter, unto-the-one unto-a-Deity unto-the-one unto-most-lofteed beside to-all to-the-ones to-women to-the-ones upon of-the-one of-a-soil, and having-had-come-to-be-goodly-fortheed-unto Authority-belonged the-one a-Deity which it-befounded-to to-the-ones to-skies and to-the-one to-a-soil, which it-was-straightening-down to-thee into to-a-wounding-to of-a-head of-firsting of-en-enmitied of-us;

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 13:19 ὅτι οὐκ ἀποστήσεται ἡ ἐλπίς σου ἀπὸ καρδίας ἀνθρώπων μνημονευόντων ἰσχὺν θεοῦ ἕως αἰῶνος.

to-which-a-one not it-shall-stand-off, the-one a-droved-sureeing of-thee, off of-a-heart of-mankinds of-memory-stayeeing-of to-a-force-holding of-a-Deity unto-if-which of-an-age.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 13:20 καὶ ποιήσαι σοι αὐτὰ ὁ θεὸς εἰς ὕψος αἰώνιον, τοῦ ἐπισκέψασθαί σε ἐν ἀγαθοῖς, ἀνθ' ὧν οὐκ ἐφείσω τῆς ψυχῆς σου διὰ τὴν ταπείνωσιν τοῦ γένους ἡμῶν, ἀλλ' ἐπεξῆλθες πτώματι ἡμῶν, ἐπ' εὐθεῖαν πορευθεῖσα ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν. καὶ εἶπαν πᾶς ὁ λαός Γένοιτο, γένοιτο.

And it-may-have-done-unto unto-thee to-them, the-one a-Deity, into to-a-lofteedness to-aged-belonged, of-the-one to-have-scouted-upon to-thee in unto-excess-placed, ever-a-one of-which not thou-spared of-the-one of-a-breathing of-thee through to-the-one to-an-en-lowed-belonging-to of-the-one of-a-becomeedness of-us, other thou-had-came-out-upon unto-an-en-falling-to of-us, upon to-straight having-been-traversed-of to-in-look-belonged of-the-one of-a-Deity of-us. And they-said, all the-one a-people, It-may-have-had-became, it-may-have-had-became.

[appendix] εφισω A | ταπινωσιν ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 14:1 Καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς Ἰουδεὶθ Ἀκούσατε δή μου, ἀδελφοί, καὶ λαβόντες τὴν κεφαλὴν ταύτην κρεμάσατε αὐτὴν ἐπὶ τῆς ἐπάλξεως τοῦ τείχους ὑμῶν.

And it-had-said toward to-them, an-Ioudeith, Ye-should-have-heard then of-me, Brethrened, and having-had-taken to-the-one to-a-head to-the-one-this ye-should-have-hanged-unto to-it upon of-the-one of-a-fending-upon of-the-one of-a-lineationeedness of-ye.

14:1 υμων] ημων ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 14:2 καὶ ἔσται ἡνίκα ἐὰν διαφαύσῃ ὁ ὄρθρος καὶ ἐξέλθῃ ὁ ἥλιος ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἀναλήψεσθε ἕκαστος τὰ σκεύη τὰ πολεμικὰ ὑμῶν καὶ ἐξελεύσεσθε πᾶς ἀνὴρ ἰσχύων ἔξω τῆς πόλεως, καὶ δώσετε ἀρχηγὸν εἰς αὐτούς, ὡς καταβαίνοντες ἐπὶ τὸ πεδίον εἰς τὴν προφυλακὴν υἱῶν Ἀσσούρ· καὶ οὐ καταβήσεσθε.

And it-shall-be to-which-belonged-of if-ever it-might-have-shined-through, the-one a-ruddy-jutting, and it-might-have-had-came-out, the-one a-sun, upon to-the-one to-a-soil, ye-shall-take-up each to-the-ones to-equipeednesses to-the-ones to-war-belonged-of of-ye and ye-shall-come-out all a-man force-holding out-unto-which of-the-one of-a-city, and ye-shall-give to-first-led into to-them, as stepping-down upon to-the-one to-a-footinglet into to-the-one to-a-guadery-before of-sons of-an-Assour; and not ye-shall-step-down.

14:2 εαν] αν ℵ | διαφαυση ο o sup litur ℵ1(vid) | εξελευσεσθε] εξελευσεται A | αρχηγον εις αυτους] αυτους| αρχην ℵ* εις αυτ. αρχην ℵ1 εις αυτ. αρχηγον ℵc.a

[appendix] δωσεται A | παιδιον A | καταβησεσθαι A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 14:3 καὶ ἀναλαβόντες οὗτοι τὰς πανοπλίας αὐτῶν πορεύσονται εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν αὐτῶν καὶ ἐγεροῦσι τοὺς στρατηγοὺς τῆς δυνάμεως Ἀσσούρ· καὶ συνδραμοῦνται ἐπὶ τὴν σκηνὴν Ὀλοφέρνου, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσουσιν αὐτόν· καὶ ἐπιπεσεῖται ἐπ' αὐτοὺς φόβος, καὶ φεύξονται ἀπὸ προσώπου ὑμῶν.

And having-had-taken-up, the-ones-these, to-the-ones to-all-implementings-unto of-them they-shall-traverse-of into to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside of-them and they-shall-rouse to-the-ones to-amass-leaders of-the-one of-an-ability of-an-Assour; and they-shall-circuit-together upon to-the-one to-a-tenting of-an-Olofernês, and not they-shall-find to-it; and it-shall-fall-upon upon to-them, a-fearee, and they-shall-flee off of-looked-toward of-ye.

14:3 ουτοι] αυτοι ℵ | τας παρεμβολας A | εγερουσι Bℵ A | om υμων ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 14:4 καὶ ἐπακολουθήσαντες ὑμεῖς καὶ πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες πᾶν ὅριον Ἰσραὴλ καταστρώσατε αὐτοὺς ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν.

And having-pathed-along-upon-unto, ye and all the-ones housing-down-unto to-all to-a-boundlet of-an-Israêl, ye-should-have-en-strewed-down to-them in unto-the-ones unto-ways of-them.

14:4 καταστρωσετε ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 14:5 πρὸ δὲ τοῦ ποιῆσαι ταῦτα καλέσατέ μοι Ἀχιὼρ τὸν Ἀμμανείτην, ἵνα ἰδὼν ἐπιγνοῖ τὸν ἐκφαυλίσαντα τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, καὶ αὐτὸν ὡς εἰς θάνατον ἀποστείλαντα εἰς ἡμᾶς.

Before then-also of-the-one to-have-done-unto to-the-ones-these ye-should-have-called-unto unto-me to-an-Achiôr to-the-one to-an-Amman-belonger, so having-had-seen it-might-have-had-aquainted-upon to-the-one to-having-out-pettied-to to-the-one to-a-house of-the-one of-an-Israêl, and to-it as into to-a-death to-having-set-off into to-us.

14:5 επιγνω ℵ A | εκφαυλισαντα] α 1°sup ras Bab | του Ισραηλ] om του A

[appendix] αποστιλαντα A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 14:6 Καὶ ἐκάλεσαν τὸν Ἀχιὼρ ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου Ὀζεία· ὡς δὲ ἦλθεν καὶ ἴδεν τὴν κεφαλὴν Ὀλοφέρνου ἐν χειρὶ ἀνδρὸς ἑνὸς ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ λαοῦ, ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον, καὶ ἐξελύθη τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ.

And they-called-unto to-the-one to-an-Achiôr out of-the-one of-a-house of-an-Ozeias; as then-also it-had-came and it-had-seen to-the-one to-a-head of-an-Olofernês in unto-a-hand of-a-man of-one in unto-the-one unto-a-calling-out-unto of-the-one of-a-people, it-had-fallen upon to-looked-toward, and it-was-loosed-out the-one a-currenting-to of-it.

14:6 εκαλεσεν ℵ | Οζια Bb Οζειου ℵ | ειδεν ℵ A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 14:7 ὡς δὲ ἀνέλαβον αὐτόν, προσέπεσεν τοῖς ποσὶν Ἰουδεὶθ καὶ προσεκύνησεν τῷ προσώπῳ αὐτῆς καὶ εἶπεν Εὐλογημένη σὺ ἐν παντὶ σκηνώματι Ἰούδα καὶ ἐν παντὶ ἔθνει, οἵτινες ἀκούσαντες τὸ ὄνομά σου ταραχθήσονται.

As then-also they-had-taken-up to-it, it-had-fallen-toward unto-the-ones unto-feet of-an-Ioudeith and it-kissed-toward-unto unto-the-one unto-looked-toward of-it and it-had-said, Goodly-fortheeable thou in unto-all unto-an-en-tenting-to of-an-Ioudas and in unto-all unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to, which-ones having-heard to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-thee they-shall-be-stirred.

14:7 ανελαβεν A | συ] ευ A* (ε improb Aa)

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 14:8 καὶ νῦν ἀνάγγειλόν μοι ὅσα ἐποίησας ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις. καὶ ἀπήγγειλεν αὐτῷ Ἰουδεὶθ ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ λαοῦ πάντα ὅσα ἦν πεποιηκυῖα, ἀφ' ἧς ἡμέρας ἐξῆλθεν ἕως οὗ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς.

And now thou-should-have-leadeeered-up unto-me to-which-a-which thou-did-unto in unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses unto-the-ones-these. And it-leadeeered-off unto-it, an-Ioudeith, in unto-middle of-the-one of-a-people to-all to-which-a-which it-was having-had-come-to-do-unto, off of-which of-a-dayedness it-had-came-out unto-if-which of-which it-was-speaking-unto unto-them.

14:8 εξηλθες ℵ* (εξηλθεν ℵc.a)

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 14:9 ὡς δὲ ἐπαύσατο λαλοῦσα, ἠλάλαξεν ὁ λαὸς φωνῇ μεγάλῃ καὶ ἔδωκεν φωνὴν εὐφρόσυνον ἐν τῇ πόλει αὐτῶν.

As then-also it-ceased speaking-unto, it-alalaied-to, the-one a-people, unto-a-sound unto-great and it-gave to-a-sound to-goodly-centered in unto-the-one unto-a-city of-them.

Note: it-alalaied-to : used to refer to repetitively saying alalai which was a raised cry, going in to battle, in a victory, in grief, in joy, or in a clamor of united purpose.

14:9 ευφροσυνης A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 14:10 ἰδὼν δὲ Ἀχιὼρ πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, ἐπίστευσεν τῷ θεῷ σφόδρα, καὶ περιετέμετο τὴν σάρκα τῆς ἀκροβυστίας αὐτοῦ, καὶ προσετέθη πρὸς τὸν οἶκον Ἰσραὴλ ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης.

Having-had-seen then-also, an-Achiôr, to-all to-which-a-which it-did-unto, the-one a-Deity of-the-one of-an-Israêl, it-trusted-of unto-the-one unto-a-Deity to-vehemented, and it-cut-about to-the-one to-a-flesh of-the-one of-an-extremity-stuffing-unto of-it, and it-was-placed-toward toward to-the-one to-a-house of-an-Israêl unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-dayedness of-the-one-this.

14:10 προς] εις ℵ A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 14:11 Ἡνίκα δὲ ὁ ὄρθρος ἀνέβη, καὶ ἐκρέμασαν τὴν κεφαλὴν Ὀλοφέρνου ἐκ τοῦ τείχους, καὶ ἀνέλαβεν πᾶς ἀνὴρ Ἰσραὴλ τὰ ὅπλα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐξήλθοσαν κατὰ σπείρας ἐπὶ τὰς ἀναβάσεις.

To-which-belonged-of then-also the-one a-ruddy-jutting it-had-stepped-up, and they-hanged-unto to-the-one to-a-head of-an-Olofernês out of-the-one of-a-lineationeedness, and it-had-taken-up all a-man of-an-Israêl to-the-ones to-implements of-it and they-hath-had-came-out down to-whorled upon to-the-ones to-steppings-up.

Note: to-whorled : used to refer to structures of rope, hair styles, cloth wraps, and a cohort as whorled out into action.

14:11 ο ορθρος] om ο A | om και 1° A | om Ισραηλ ℵ A | σπειραν A | αναβασεις] + του ορους Bab (mg)ℵ A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 14:12 οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ Ἀσσοὺρ ὡς ἴδον αὐτούς, διέπεμψαν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἡγουμένους αὐτῶν· οἱ δὲ ἦλθον ἐπὶ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς καὶ χιλιάρχους καὶ ἐπὶ πάντα ἄρχοντα αὐτῶν.

The-ones then-also sons of-an-Assour as they-had-seen to-them, they-volleyed-through upon to-the-ones to-leading-unto of-them; the-ones then-also they-had-came upon to-the-ones to-amass-leaders and to-firsts-of-thousand and upon to-all to-firsting of-them.

14:12 ειδον ℵ A | τους στρατ.] om τους Babℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 14:13 καὶ παρεγένοντο ἐπὶ τὴν σκηνὴν Ὀλοφέρνου, καὶ εἶπαν τῷ ὄντι ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν αὐτοῦ Ἔγειρον δὴ τὸν κύριον ἡμῶν, ὅτι ἐτόλμησαν οἱ δοῦλοι καταβαίνειν ἐφ' ἡμᾶς εἰς πόλεμον, ἵνα ἐξολεθρευθῶσιν εἰς τέλος.

And they-had-became-beside upon to-the-one to-a-tenting of-an-Olofernês, and they-said unto-the-one unto-being upon of-all of-the-ones of-it, Thou-should-have-roused then to-the-one to-authority-belonged of-us, to-which-a-one they-ventured-unto, the-ones bondees, to-step-down upon to-us into to-a-war, so they-might-have-been-destructed-out-of into to-a-finisheedness.

14:13 παρεγενοντο] παραγεν. ℵ* vid (παρεγ. ℵ1) παρεγενε|νοντο A | καταβαινειν] καταβηναι ℵ | εξολοθρ. Bb

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 14:14 καὶ εἰσῆλθεν Βαγώας καὶ ἔκρουσε τὴν αὐλαίαν τῆς σκηνῆς· ὑπενοεῖτο γὰρ καθεύδειν αὐτὸν μετὰ Ἰουδείθ.

And it-had-came-into, a-Bagôas, and it-strucked to-the-one to-a-channeling-unto of-the-one of-a-tenting; it-was-en-mulling-under-unto too-thus to-rest-down to-it with of-an-Ioudeith.

14:14 εκρουσε| A | αυλαιαν] αυλην A | υπενοει ℵ A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 14:15 ὡς δ' οὐθεὶς ἐπήκουσεν, διαστείλας εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν κοιτῶνα, καὶ εὗρεν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τῆς χελωνίδος ἐρριμμένον νεκρόν, καὶ ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἀφῄρητο ἀπ' αὐτοῦ.

As then-also not-then-also-one it-heard-upon, having-set-through it-had-came-into into to-the-one to-a-situating-of, and it-had-found to-it upon of-the-one of-a-tortoise-belonging to-having-had-come-to-be-flung to-en-deaded, and the-one a-head of-it it-had-come-to-have-been-sectioned-along-off-unto off of-it.

Note: of-a-tortoise-belonging : used of things made in the likeness of a tortoise shell, a type of lyre, here a type of ancient footstool, etc.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 14:16 καὶ ἐβόησεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ μετὰ κλαυθμοῦ καὶ στεναγμοῦ καὶ βοῆς ἰσχυρᾶς, καὶ διέρρηξεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ.

And it-hollered-unto unto-a-sound unto-great with of-a-sobbing-of and of-a-narrowing-of and of-a-holler of-force-held, and it-en-bursted-through to-the-ones to-apparelets of-it.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 14:17 καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν σκηνήν οὗ ἦν Ἰουδεὶθ καταλύουσα, καὶ οὐχ εὗρεν αὐτήν· καὶ ἐξεπήδησεν εἰς τὸν λαὸν κράζων

And it-had-came-into into to-the-one to-a-tenting of-which it-was an-Ioudeith loosing-down, and not it-had-found to-it; and it-out-scurried-unto into to-the-one to-a-people clamoring-to,

14:17 κραζων] λεγω| ℵ και εβοησεν A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 14:18 Ἠθέτησαν οἱ δοῦλοι, ἐποίησεν αἰσχύνην μία γυνὴ τῶν Ἐβραίων εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ βασιλέως Ναβουχοδονοσόρ· ὅτι ἰδοὺ Ὀλοφέρνης χαμαί, καὶ ἡ κεφαλὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπ' αὐτῷ.

They-un-placed-unto, the-ones bondees, it-did-unto to-a-shamening, one a-woman of-the-ones of-Ebra-belonged, into to-the-one to-a-house of-the-one of-a-ruler-of of-a-Nabouchodonosor; to-which-a-one thou-should-have-had-seen, an-Olofernês unto-ground, and the-one a-head not it-be upon unto-it.

14:18 του βασ.] om του ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 14:19 (ὡς δὲ ἤκουσαν τὰ ῥήματα οἱ ἄρχοντες τῆς δυνάμεως Ἀσσούρ, τοὺς χιτῶνας αὐτῶν διέρρηξαν, καὶ ἐταράχθη αὐτῶν ἡ ψυχὴ σφόδρα, καὶ ἐγένετο αὐτῶν κραυγὴ καὶ βοὴ μεγάλη σφόδρα ἐν μέσῳ τῆς παρεμβολῆς.

As then-also they-heard to-the-ones to-utterings-to, the-ones firsting of-the-one of-an-ability of-an-Assour, to-the-ones to-tunics of-them they-en-bursted-through, and it-was-stirred of-them, the-one a-breathing, to-vehemented, and it-had-became of-them a-clamoring and a-holler great to-vehemented in unto-middle of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside.

14:19 τα ρηματα] pr ταυτα A | διερρηξαν τους χιτ. αυτων ℵ A | η ψυχη αυτων A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 15:1 Καὶ ὡς ἤκουσαν οἱ ἐν τοῖς σκηνώμασιν ὄντες, ἐξέστησαν ἐπὶ τὸ γεγονός,

And as they-heard, the-ones in unto-the-ones unto-en-tentings-to being, they-had-stood-out upon to-the-one to-having-hath-had-come-to-become,

15:1 οι εν] om οι ℵ | τοις σκηνωμασιν] τω σκηνω|ματι ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 15:2 καὶ ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ' αὐτοὺς τρόμος καὶ φόβος, καὶ οὐκ ἦν ἄνθρωπος μένων κατὰ πρόσωπον τοῦ πλησίον ἔτι, ἀλλ' ἐκχυθέντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἔφευγον ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ὁδὸν τοῦ πεδίου καὶ τῆς ὀρινῆς.

and it-had-fallen-upon upon to-them a-tremblee and a-fearee, and not it-was a-mankind staying down to-looked-toward of-the-one to-nigh-belonged if-to-a-one, other having-been-poured-out passioned-along they-were-fleeing upon to-all to-a-way of-the-one of-a-footinglet and of-the-one of-jutted-belonged-to.

15:2 επεπεσεν] επεσεν ℵ A | αυτοις ℵ* (αυτους ℵc.a) | φοβος κ. τρομος A | του πλησιον] αυτου πλ. ℵ* (om αυ ℵ1)

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 15:3 καὶ οἱ παρεμβεβληκότες ἐν τῇ ὀρινῇ κύκλῳ Βαιτυλουὰ καὶ ἐτράπησαν εἰς φυγήν· καὶ τότε οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ πᾶς ἀνὴρ πολεμιστὴς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐξεχύθησαν ἐπ' αὐτούς.

And the-ones having-had-come-to-cast-in-beside in unto-the-one unto-jutted-belonged-to unto-a-circle of-a-Baituloua and they-had-been-turned into to-a-fleeing; and to-the-one-which-also the-ones sons of-an-Israêl all a-man a-war-belonger out of-them they-were-poured-out upon to-them.

15:3 πα|ραβεβληκοτες ℵ | Βαιτουλουα ℵ Βετυλουα A | om και 2° ℵ A | om επ αυτους ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 15:4 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν Ὀζείας εἰς Βαιτομασθάιμ καὶ Χωβαὶ καὶ Χωλὰ καὶ εἰς πᾶν ὅριον Ἰσραὴλ τοὺς ἀπαγγέλλοντας ὑπὲρ τῶν συντετελεσμένων, καὶ ἵνα πάντες ἐπεκχυθῶσιν τοῖς πολεμίοις εἰς τὴν ἀναίρεσιν αὐτῶν.

And it-set-off, an-Ozeias, into to-a-Baitomasthaim and to-a-Chôbai and to-a-Chôla and into to-all to-a-boundlet of-an-Israêl to-the-ones to-leadeeering-off over of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-be-finished-together-unto, and so all they-might-have-been-poured-out-upon unto-the-ones unto-war-belonged into to-the-one to-a-sectioning-along-up of-them.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 15:5 ὡς δὲ ἤκουσαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ, πάντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐπέπεσον ἐπ' αὐτοὺς καὶ ἔκοπτον αὐτοὺς ἕως Χωβά. ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ οἱ ἐξ Ἰερουσαλὴμ παρεγενήθησαν καὶ ἐκ πάσης τῆς ὀρινῆς, ἀνήγγειλαν γὰρ αὐτοῖς τὰ γεγονότα τῇ παρεμβολῇ τῶν ἐχθρῶν αὐτῶν· καὶ οἱ ἐν Γαλαὰδ καὶ οἱ ἐν τῇ Γαλειλαίᾳ ὑπερεκέρασαν αὐτοὺς πληγῇ μεγάλῃ, ἕως οὗ παρῆλθον Δαμασκὸν καὶ τὰ ὅρια αὐτῆς.

As then-also they-heard, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, all passioned-along they-had-fallen-upon upon to-them and they-felled to-them unto-if-which of-a-Chôba. As-unto-it then-also and the-ones out of-an-Ierousalêm they-were-became-beside and out of-all of-the-one of-jutted-belonged-to, they-leadeeered-up too-thus unto-them to-the-ones to-having-hath-had-come-to-become unto-the-one unto-a-casting-in-beside of-the-ones of-en-enmitied of-them; and the-ones in unto-a-Galaad and the-ones in unto-the-one unto-a-Galeilaia they-over-mixed-unto to-them unto-a-smiting unto-great, unto-if-which of-which they-had-came-beside to-a-Damaskos and to-the-ones to-boundlets of-it.

[appendix] οι 4°] θι A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 15:6 οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ οἱ κατοικοῦντες Βαιτυλουὰ ἐπέπεσαν τῇ παρεμβολῇ Ἀσσοὺρ καὶ ἐπρονόμευσαν αὐτούς, καὶ ἐπλούτησαν σφόδρα.

The-ones then-also remaindered the-ones housing-down-unto to-a-Baituloua they-had-fallen-upon unto-the-one unto-a-casting-in-beside of-an-Assour and they-parceleed-before-of to-them, and they-wealthed-unto to-vehemented.

15:6 Βαιτουλουα ℵ | επεπεσον A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 15:7 οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ ἀναστρέψαντες ἀπὸ τῆς κοπῆς ἐκυρίευσαν τῶν λοιπῶν, καὶ αἱ κῶμαι καὶ ἐπαύλεις ἐν τῇ ὀρινῇ καὶ πεδινῇ ἐκράτησαν πολλῶν λαφύρων, ἦν γὰρ πλῆθος πολὺ σφόδρα.

The-ones then-also sons of-an-Israêl having-beturned-up off of-the-one of-a-felling they-authority-belonged-of of-the-ones of-remaindered, and the-ones villages and channelings-upon in unto-the-one unto-jutted-belonged-to and unto-footed-belonged-to they-secured-unto of-much of-plunders, it-was too-thus a-repleteedness much to-vehemented.

15:7 ε| εκυριευσαν B* (om ε 1° Bab) | επαυλεις] αι πολεις ℵ A | εν] pr αι ℵ | ορεινη Babℵ

[appendix] παιδινη A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 15:8 Καὶ Ἰωακεὶμ ὁ ἱερεὺς ὁ μέγας καὶ ἡ γερουσία τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ οἱ κατοικοῦντες ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἦλθον τοῦ θεάσασθαι τὰ ἀγαθὰ ἃ ἐποίησεν Κύριος τῷ Ἰσραήλ, καὶ τοῦ ἰδεῖν τὴν Ἰουδεὶθ καὶ λαλῆσαι μετ' αὐτῆς εἰρήνην.

And an-Iôakeim the-one a-sacreder-of the-one great and the-one a-senioring-unto of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl the-ones housing-down-unto in unto-an-Ierousalêm they-had-came of-the-one to-have-spectated to-the-ones to-excess-placed to-which it-did-unto, Authority-belonged, unto-the-one unto-an-Israêl, and of-the-one to-have-had-seen to-the-one to-an-Ioudeith and to-have-spoken-unto with of-it to-a-joinifying.

15:8 om ηλθον ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | εποιησεν] εποιη| ℵ | την Ιουδειθ] om την A | λαλησαι] pr του ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 15:9 ὡς δὲ εἰσῆλθον πρὸς αὐτήν, εὐλόγησαν αὐτὴν πάντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν καὶ εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτήν Σὺ ὕψωμα Ἰερουσαλήμ, σὺ γαυρίαμα μέγα τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, σὺ καύχημα μέγα τοῦ γένους ἡμῶν.

As then-also they-had-came-into toward to-it, they-goodly-fortheed-unto to-it, all, passioned-along, and they-said toward to-it, Thou an-en-lofteeing-to of-an-Ierousalêm, thou a-grandeur-belonging-to great of-the-one of-an-Israêl, thou a-boasting-to great of-the-one of-a-becomeedness of-us.

15:9 εισηλθον] εξηλθαν ℵ εισηλθαν A | συ 1°] + ει ℵ |

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 15:10 ἐποίησας πάντα ταῦτα ἐν χειρί σου, ἐποίησας τὰ ἀγαθὰ μετὰ Ἰσραήλ, καὶ εὐδοκήσαι ἐπ' αὐτοῖς ὁ θεός· εὐλογημένη γίνου παρὰ τῷ παντοκράτορι κυρίῳ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα χρόνον. καὶ εἶπεν πᾶς ὁ λαός Γένοιτο.

Thou-did-unto to-all to-the-ones-these in unto-a-hand of-thee, thou-did-unto to-the-ones to-excess-placed with of-an-Israêl, and it-may-have-goodly-thought-unto upon unto-them, the-one a-Deity; having-had-come-to-be-goodly-fortheed-unto thou-should-become beside unto-the-one unto-an-all-securer unto-Authority-belonged into to-the-one to-an-age to-a-while. And it-had-said, all the-one a-people, It-may-have-had-became.

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 15:11 καὶ ἐλαφύρευσεν πᾶς ὁ λαὸς τὴν παρεμβολὴν ἐφ' ἡμέρας τριάκοντα, καὶ ἔδωκαν τῇ Ἰουδεὶθ τὴν σκηνὴν Ὀλοφέρνου καὶ πάντα τὰ ἀργυρώματα καὶ τὰς κλίνας καὶ τὰ ὅλκια καὶ πάντα τὰ σκευάσματα αὐτοῦ· καὶ λαβοῦσα αὕτη ἐπέθηκεν ἐπὶ τὴν ἡμίονον αὐτῆς, καὶ ἔζευξεν τὰς ἁμάξας αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐσώρευσεν αὐτὰ ἐπ' αὐτῶν.

And it-plundered-of, all the-one a-people, to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside upon to-dayednesses to-thirty, and they-gave unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudeith, to-the-one to-a-tenting of-an-Olofernês and to-all to-the-ones to-en-silverings-to and to-the-ones to-clinings and to-the-ones to-haulets and to-all to-the-ones to-equippings-to of-it; and having-had-taken, the-one-this, it-placed-upon upon to-the-one to-a-half-donkey of-it, and it-en-en-coupled to-the-ones to-leadednesses-along of-it, and it-piled-of to-them upon of-them.

Note: to-haulets : used to refer to large portable basins built to be dragged.

[appendix] κλεινας Bℵ A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 15:12 Καὶ συνέδραμεν πᾶσα γυνὴ Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ ἰδεῖν αὐτήν, καὶ εὐλόγησαν αὐτήν, καὶ ἐποίησαν αὐτῇ χορὸν ἐξ αὐτῶν· καὶ ἔλαβεν θύρσους ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτῆς, καὶ ἔδωκεν ταῖς γυναιξὶν ταῖς μετ' αὐτῆς,

And it-had-circuited-together, all a-woman of-an-Israêl, of-the-one to-have-had-seen to-it, and they-goodly-fortheed-unto to-it, and they-did-unto unto-it to-a-chorus out of-them; and it-had-taken to-thursos' in unto-the-ones unto-hands of-it, and it-gave unto-the-ones unto-women unto-the-ones with of-it,

Note: to-thursos' : probably borrowed from a donor language; used to refer to wands wreathed in ivy and vine-leaves with a pine-cone at the top.

15:12 om αυτην και εποιησαν A* (ευλογησαν et αυτη signis not Aa?) | αυτων] εαυτων ℵ | ελαβον ℵ* (ελαβεν ℵ1(vid) c.a) | μετ] μεθ A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 15:13 καὶ ἐστεφανώσαντο τὴν ἐλαίαν αὕτη καὶ αἱ μετ' αὐτῆς· καὶ προῆλθεν παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ ἐν χορείᾳ ἡγουμένη πασῶν τῶν γυναικῶν, καὶ ἠκολούθει πᾶς ἀνὴρ Ἰσραὴλ ἐνωπλισμένοι μετὰ στεφάνων καὶ ὕμνων ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν.

and they-en-wreathed to-the-one to-an-oliving-unto, the-one-this and the-ones with of-it; and it-had-came-before of-all of-the-one of-a-people in unto-a-chorusing-of leading-unto of-all of-the-ones of-women, and it-was-pathing-along-unto, all a-man of-an-Israêl, having-had-come-to-be-implemented-in-to with of-wreaths and of-hymns in unto-the-one unto-a-becutteeing-to of-them.

15:13 εστεφανωσατο A | αι μετ] οι μ. A | υμνουν ℵ

[appendix] χορια A

HS reads Gr. Jdt 15:14 (Jdt 16:1) καὶ ἐξῆρχεν Ἰουδεὶθ τὴν ἐξομολόγησιν ταύτην ἐν παντὶ Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ὑπερεφώνει πᾶς ὁ λαὸς τὴν αἴνεσιν ταύτην·

(Jdt 16:1) And it-was-firsting-out, an-Ioudeith, to-the-one to-an-along-fortheeing-out to-the-one-this in unto-all unto-an-Israêl, and it-was-sounding-over-unto, all the-one a-people, to-the-one to-a-lauding to-the-one-this;

15:14 εξηρεν A* (χ superscr Aa) | om εν ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 16:1 (Jdt 16:2) καὶ εἶπεν Ἰουδείθ Ἐξάρχετε τῷ θεῷ μου ἐν τυμπάνοις, ᾄσατε τῷ κυρίῳ ἐν κυμβάλοις, ἐναρμόσασθε αὐτῷ ψαλμὸν καὶ αἶνον, ὑψοῦτε καὶ ἐπικαλεῖσθε τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ.

(Jdt 16:2) and it-had-said, an-Ioudeith, Ye-should-first-out unto-the-one unto-a-Deity of-me in unto-racked-of, ye-should-have-songed unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged in unto-swelled-casts, ye-should-have-lifted-along-in-of-to unto-it to-a-twanging-of and to-a-laudation, ye-should-en-loftee and ye-should-call-upon-unto to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-it;

Note: unto-swelled-casts : used to refer to the action of casting convex cymbals together.

16:1 τω κυριω] + μου ℵ A | και αινον] καινον A

[appendix] εναρμοσασθαι A | επικαλεισθαι A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 16:2 (Jdt 16:3) ὅτι θεὸς συντρίβων πολέμους Κύριος, ὅτι εἰς παρεμβολὰς αὐτοῦ ἐν μέσῳ λαοῦ ἐξείλατό με ἐκ χειρὸς καταδιωκόντων με.

(Jdt 16:3) to-which-a-one a-Deity rubbing-together to-wars, Authority-belonged, to-which-a-one into to-castings-in-beside of-it in unto-middle of-a-people it-sectioned-out to-me out of-a-hand of-pursuing-down to-me.

16:2 θεος] pr ο A | λαου] pr του ℵ | εξειλατο] εξελευσεσθαι ℵ* εξεσεσθαι ℵc.a εξελεσθαι ℵc.b | εκ] εως ℵ* (εκ ℵc.a)

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 16:3 (Jdt 16:4) ἦλθεν Ἀσσοὺρ ἐξ ὀρέων ἀπὸ βορρᾶ, ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσι δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ, ὧν τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν ἐνέφραξεν χειμάρρους, καὶ ἡ ἵππος αὐτῶν ἐκάλυψεν βουνούς.

(Jdt 16:4) It-had-came, an-Assour, out of-jutteednesses off of-a-north, it-had-came in unto-myriads of-an-ability of-it, of-which the-one a-repleteedness of-them it-hedged-in to-pour-flowed, and the-one a-horse of-them it-shrouded to-mounds.

16:3 μυριασιν A | δυναμεως ℵ A | ων] ως ℵ* (ων ℵc.a) | ενεφραξεν] εφραξε ℵ

[appendix] οραιων A | χιμαρρους B* (χειμ. Bab) ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 16:4 (Jdt 16:5) εἶπεν ἐμπρήσειν τὰ ὅρια μου, καὶ τοὺς νεανίσκους μου ἀνελεῖν ῥομφαίᾳ, καὶ τὰ θηλάζοντά μου θήσειν εἰς ἔδαφος, καὶ τὰ νήπιά μου δώσειν εἰς προνομήν, καὶ τὰς παρθένους σκυλεῦσαι.

(Jdt 16:5) It-had-said to-shall-have-kindled-in to-the-ones to-jutteednesses of-me, and to-the-ones to-new-belongings-of of-me to-shall-have-had-sectioned-up unto-a-sabre, and to-the-ones to-teating-to of-me to-shall-have-placed into to-a-beloweedness, and to-the-ones to-non-word-belonged of-me to-shall-have-given into to-a-parceleeing-before, and to-the-ones to-maidens to-have-flayed-of.

Note: non-word-belonged : used to refer to unlearned in words, to baby talk, to infants, etc.

[appendix] εμπρησιν A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 16:5 (Jdt 16:6) Κύριος Παντοκράτωρ ἠθέτησεν αὐτοὺς ἐν χειρὶ θηλείας.

(Jdt 16:6) Authority-belonged an-All-Securer it-un-placed-unto to-them in unto-a-hand of-female.

16:5 [appendix] θηλιας A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 16:6 (Jdt 16:7) οὐ γὰρ ὑπέπεσεν ὁ δυνατὸς αὐτῶν ὑπὸ νεανίσκων, οὐδὲ υἱοὶ Τιτάνων ἐπάταξαν αὐτόν, οὐδὲ ὑψηλοὶ γίγαντες ἐπέθεντο αὐτῷ· ἀλλὰ Ἰουδεὶθ θυγάτηρ Μεραρεί· ἐν κάλλει προσώπου αὐτῆς παρέλυσεν αὐτόν.

(Jdt 16:7) Not too-thus it-had-fallen-under, the-one able of-them, under of-new-belongings-of, not-then-also sons of-Titans they-smote to-it, not-then-also lofteed-of mighty they-placed-upon unto-it; other an-Ioudeith a-daughter of-a-Merarei; in unto-a-seemlieedness of-looked-toward of-it it-loosed-beside to-it.

16:6-7 om παρελυσεν . . . προσωπον αυτης ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

16:6 υπεπεσεν] επεσεν ℵ | γιγαντες] ες sup ras A? | Μαραρει ℵ Μεραρι A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 16:7 (Jdt 16:8) ἐξεδύσατο γὰρ στολὴν χηρεύσεως αὐτῆς εἰς ὕψος τῶν πονούντων ἐν Ἰσραήλ, ἠλείψατο τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτῆς ἐν μυρισμῷ,

(Jdt 16:8) It-sunk-out too-thus to-a-seteeing of-a-bereaving of-it into to-a-lofteedness of-the-ones of-necessitateeing-unto in unto-an-Israêl, it-smeared-along to-the-one to-looked-toward of-it in unto-a-seeping-to-of,

16:6-7 om παρελυσεν . . . προσωπον αυτης ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

16:7 Ισραηλ] Ιλ̅η᾿ A | το προσωπον] om το A* (superscr A1) | εν μυρισμω] pr και ℵ* (om ℵc.a)

[appendix] ηλιψατο ℵc.a (om ℵ*) A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 16:8 καὶ ἐδήσατο τὰς τρίχας αὐτῆς ἐν μίτρᾳ, καὶ ἔλαβεν στολὴν λινῆν εἰς ἀπάτην αὐτοῦ.

and it-binded to-the-ones to-hairs of-it in unto-a-cincture, and it-had-taken to-a-seteeing to-flaxed into to-a-delusion of-it.

16:8 εδησατο] ανεδησατο ℵc.a

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 16:9 τὸ σανδάλιον αὐτῆς ἥρπασεν ὀφθαλμὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸ κάλλος αὐτῆς ᾐχμαλώτισεν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ. διῆλθεν ὁ ἀκινάκης τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ.

The-one a-sandalet of-it it-snatched-to to-an-eye of-it, and the-one a-seemlieedness of-it it-spear-captured-to to-a-breathing of-it. It-had-came-through, the-one a-scimitar, to-the-one to-a-throat of-it.

16:9 ο ακινακης] ακινακις A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 16:10 ἔφριξαν Πέρσαι τὴν τόλμαν αὐτῆς, καὶ Μῆδοι τὸ θράσος αὐτῆς ἐρράχθησαν.

They-shuddered, Persians, to-the-one to-a-venturedness of-it, and Mêdians to-the-one to-a-boldeedness of-it they-were-were-strikered.

16:10 τολμην A | ερραχθησαν] εταραχθησαν ℵc.aA

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 16:11 τότε ἠλάλαξαν οἱ ταπεινοί μου, καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν οἱ ἀσθενοῦντές μου καὶ ἐπτοήθησαν· ὕψωσαν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν καὶ ἀνετράπησαν.

To-the-one-which-also they-alalaied-to, the-ones lowed-belonged-to of-me, and they-were-feareed-unto the-ones un-vigoring-unto of-me and they-were-fluttered-unto; they-en-lofteed to-the-one to-a-sound of-them and they-had-been-turned-up.

Note: they-alalaied-to : used to refer to repetitively saying alalai which was a raised cry, going in to battle, in a victory, in grief, in joy, or in a clamor of united purpose.

16:11 οι ασθ.] om οι Bab | επτοησαν ℵ* (επτοηθησαν ℵc.a) | αυτου ℵ* (αυτων ℵc.a)

(551 B.C.) HS reads Gr. Jdt 16:12 υἱοὶ κορασίων κατεκέντησαν αὐτούς, καὶ ὡς παῖδας αὐτομολούντων ἐτίτρωσκον· ἀπώλοντο ἐκ παρατάξεως κυρίου μου.

Sons of-shearaginglets they-pricked-down-unto to-them, and as to-children of-self-transiting-unto they-were-wounding; they-had-destructed-off out of-an-arranging-beside of-Authority-belonged of-me.

Note: of-shearaginglets : as in a sprout before it buds, referring to a prior to the age of consent progenitive female, 13-16 yrs. old; here, Sons of-shearaginglets, refers to the children of 13-16 yr. old females, i.e. 3-4 yr. old children, comparatively emphasizing the weakness of the enemies

16:12 παιδες A | ετιτρωσκον] + αυτους ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 16:13 ὑμνήσω τῷ θεῷ μου ὕμνον καινόν. Κύριε, μέγας εἶ καὶ ἔνδοξος, θαυμαστὸς ἐν ἰσχύι, ἀνυπέρβλητος.

I-shall-hymn-unto unto-the-one unto-a-Deity of-me to-a-hymn to-fresh. Authority-belonged, great thou-be and reckoned-in, marveled-to in unto-a-force-holding, un-castable-over.

16:13 θεω μου] κω̅ A

[appendix] ισχυει B* (ισχυι Bb) ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 16:14 σοὶ δουλευσάτω πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις σου· ὅτι εἶπας, καὶ ἐγενήθησαν· ἀπέστειλας τὸ πνεῦμά σου, καὶ ᾠκοδόμησεν· καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ὃς ἀντιστήσεται τῇ φωνῇ σου.

Unto-thee it-should-have-bondeed-of, all the-one a-befounding of-thee; to-which-a-one thou-said, and they-were-became; thou-set-off to-the-one to-a-currenting-to of-thee, and it-house-built-unto; and not it-be which it-shall-ever-a-one-stand unto-the-one unto-a-sound of-thee.

16:14 απεστειλας] επεστρεψας ℵ | ωκοδομησεν] ωκοδομηθησα| ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 16:15 ὄρη γὰρ ἐκ θεμελίων σὺν ὕδασιν σαλευθήσεται, πέτραι δ' ἀπὸ προσώπου σου ὡς κηρὸς τακήσονται· ἔτι δὲ τοῖς φοβουμένοις σε, σὺ εὐιλατεύσεις αὐτοῖς.

Jutteednesses too-thus out of-placeeer-belonged together unto-waters it-shall-be-undulated-of, rockednesses then-also off of-looked-toward of-thee as a-cell they-shall-have-been-melted; if-to-a-one then-also unto-the-ones unto-feareeing-unto to-thee, thou thou-shall-goodly-sectionate-of unto-them;

Note: a-cell : used to refer to the various things of a celled structure, wax honeycombs, encaustic paintings, etc.

16:15 σαλευθησεται πετραι δ (δε A)] εσαλευθησαν· || σαλευθησεται| πετρα ℵ* εσαλευθησαν· || πετραι δε ℵc.a | τακησεται A | ευιλατευεις Bb (ευειλ. B*)] ειλατευσεις ℵ* (ιλ. ℵc.a) ευειλατευσεις A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 16:16 ὅτι μικρὸν πᾶσα θυσία εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας, καὶ ἐλάχιστον πᾶν στέαρ εἰς ὁλοκαύτωμά σοι· ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος τὸν κύριον μέγας διὰ παντός.

to-which-a-one small all a-surging-unto into to-an-odor of-a-goodly-odoring-unto, and most-lackened all a-suet into to-a-whole-en-burning-to unto-thee; the-one then-also feareeing-unto to-the-one to-Authority-belonged great through of-all.

16:16 ολοκαυτωμα] ολοκαρπωμα ℵ

[appendix] μεικρον ℵ

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 16:17 οὐαὶ ἔθνεσιν ἐπανιστανομένοις τῷ γένει μου· Κύριος παντοκράτωρ ἐκδικήσει αὐτοὺς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως, δοῦναι πῦρ καὶ σκώληκας εἰς σάρκας αὐτῶν, καὶ κλαύσονται ἐν αἰσθήσει ἕως αἰῶνος.

A-woe unto-placeedness-belongings-to unto-standing-up-upon unto-the-one unto-a-becomeedness of-me; Authority-belonged an-All-Securer it-shall-course-out-unto to-them in unto-a-dayedness of-a-separating, to-have-had-given to-a-fire and to-maggots into to-fleshes of-them, and they-shall-sob-belong in unto-a-knowing-along unto-if-which of-an-age.

16:17 επανιστανομενοις ℵ A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 16:18 Ὡς δὲ ἤλθοσαν εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ, προσεκύνησαν τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἡνίκα ἐκαθαρίσθη ὁ λαός, ἀνήνεγκαν τὰ ὁλοκαυτώματα αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ ἑκούσια αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ δόματα.

As then-also they-hath-had-came into to-an-Ierousalêm, they-kissed-toward-unto unto-the-one unto-a-Deity, and to-which-belonged-of it-was-cleansed-to the-one a-people, they-beared-up to-the-ones to-whole-en-burnings-to of-them and to-the-ones to-be-out-belonged of-them and to-the-ones to-givings-to.

16:18 εκαθερισθη A | δοματα] + αυτων A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 16:19 καὶ ἀνέθηκεν Ἰουδεὶθ πάντα τὰ σκεύη Ὀλοφέρνου ὅσα ἔδωκεν ὁ λαὸς αὐτῇ, καὶ τὸ κωνώπιον ὃ ἔλαβεν ἑαυτῇ ἐκ τοῦ κοιτῶνος αὐτοῦ εἰς ἀνάθημα τῷ θεῷ ἔδωκεν.

And it-placed-up, an-Ioudeith, to-all to-the-ones to-equipeednesses of-an-Olofernês to-which-a-which it-gave, the-one a-people, unto-it, and to-the-one to-a-strobiled-looklet to-which it-had-taken unto-self out of-the-one of-a-situating-of of-it into to-a-placing-up-to unto-the-one unto-a-Deity it-gave.

16:19 Ολοφερνους ℵ | αυτη] εαυτη A | αυτου] εαυτου A | αναθημα Bℵc.a] αναθεμα ℵ* A | θεω] κω̅ ℵ A

[appendix] εσθησει A

(551 B.C.)

Jdt 16:20 καὶ ἦν ὁ λαὸς εὐφραινόμενος ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ κατὰ πρόσωπον τῶν ἁγίων ἐπὶ μῆνας τρεῖς, καὶ Ἰουδεὶθ μετ' αὐτῶν κατέμεινεν.

And it-was the-one a-people being-goodly-centered in unto-an-Ierousalêm down to-looked-toward of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged upon to-months to-three, and an-Ioudeith with of-them it-stayed-down.

16:20 εν] εις A | κατεμεινεν ℵ A

(551-463 B.C.)

Jdt 16:21 Μετὰ δὲ τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας ἀνέζευξεν ἕκαστος εἰς τὴν κληρονομίαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ Ἰουδεὶθ ἀπῆλθεν εἰς Βαιτυλουὰ καὶ κατέμεινεν ἐπὶ τῆς ὑπάρξεως αὐτῆς· καὶ ἐγένετο κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν αὐτῆς ἔνδοξος ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ.

With then-also to-the-ones to-dayednesses to-the-ones-these it-en-coupled-up each into to-the-one to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-it, and an-Ioudeith it-had-came-off into to-a-Baituloua and it-stayed-down upon of-the-one of-a-firstressing-under of-it; and it-had-became down to-the-one to-a-time of-it reckoned-in in unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-soil.

(551-463 B.C.)

Jdt 16:22 καὶ πολλοὶ ἐπεθύμησαν αὐτήν, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνω ἀνὴρ αὐτὴν πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς αὐτῆς, ἀφ' ἧς ἡμέρας ἀπέθανεν Μανασσῆς ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς καὶ προσετέθη πρὸς τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ.

And much they-passioned-upon-unto to-it, and not it-had-acquainted, a-man, to-it to-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses of-the-one of-a-lifing of-it, off of-which of-a-dayedness it-had-died-off, a-Manassês the-one a-man of-it, and it-was-placed-toward toward to-the-one to-a-people of-it.

16:22 Μανασση A

(551-463 B.C.)

Jdt 16:23 καὶ ἦν προβαίνουσα μεγάλη σφόδρα, καὶ ἐγήρασεν ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς αὐτῆς ἔτη ἑκατὸν πέντε, καὶ ἀφῆκεν τὴν ἅβραν αὐτῆς ἐλευθέραν. καὶ ἀπέθανεν εἰς Βαιτυλουά, καὶ ἔθαψαν αὐτὴν ἐν τῷ σπηλαίῳ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς αὐτῆς Μανασσὴ.

And it-was stepping-before great to-vehemented, and it-oldened-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-house of-the-one of-a-man of-it to-yeareednesses to-a-hundred to-five, and it-sent-off to-the-one to-a-vassal of-it to-en-freed. And it-had-died-off into to-a-Baituloua, and they-burialed to-it in unto-the-one unto-a-cavelet of-the-one of-a-man of-it of-an-Manassês.

Note: Judith was 17 yrs. old when she killed Holofernes (see Jdt_8:4), and she lived another 88 yrs. until her death in 463 B.C..

16:23 προβαινουσα ην A | om εν A | ανδρος] ος sup ras Aa? | εκατον πεντε ετη A

(463 B.C.)

Jdt 16:24 καὶ ἐπένθησεν αὐτὴν οἶκος Ἰσραὴλ ἡμέρας ἑπτά. καὶ διεῖλεν τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτῆς πρὸ τοῦ ἀποθανεῖν αὐτὴν πᾶσι τοῖς ἔγγιστα Μανασσὴ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς αὐτῆς καὶ τοῖς ἔγγιστα τοῦ γένους αὐτῆς.

And it-grieved-unto to-it, a-house of-an-Israêl, to-dayednesses to-seven. And it-had-sectioned-through to-the-ones to-firsting-under of-it before of-the-one to-have-had-died-off to-it unto-all unto-the-ones to-most-near of-a-Manassês of-the-one of-a-man of-it and unto-the-ones to-most-near of-the-one of-a-becomeedness of-it.

(551-463-462 B.C.)

Jdt 16:25 καὶ οὐκ ἦν ἔτι ὁ ἐκφοβῶν τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραὴλ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἰουδεὶθ καὶ μετὰ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν αὐτὴν ἡμέρας πολλάς. ἀμήν.

And not it-was if-to-a-one the-one feareeing-out-unto to-the-ones to-sons of-an-Israêl in unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses of-an-Ioudeith and with to-the-one to-have-had-died-off to-it to-dayednesses to-much. Amên.

Note: not it-was if-to-a-one the-one feareeing-out-unto to-the-ones to-sons of-an-Israêl : until Est_3:7 (462 B.C.).

16:25 om αμην ℵ A

Subscr Ιουδειθ Bℵ A